Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the+then+king

  • 61 desde

    prep.
    1 since (time).
    no lo veo desde el mes pasado/desde ayer I haven't seen him since last month/yesterday
    desde ahora from now on
    desde el principio from the beginning
    desde hace mucho/un mes for ages/a month
    desde… hasta… from… until…
    desde el lunes hasta el viernes from Monday till Friday
    desde entonces since then
    desde que since
    desde que murió mi madre since my mother died
    2 from (espacio).
    desde arriba/fuera from above/the outside
    desde… hasta… from… to…
    desde aquí hasta el centro from here to the center
    Está listo desde ese día It is ready from that day.
    3 from.
    desde 100.000 pesos from 100,000 pesos
    * * *
    1 (tiempo) since
    ■ ¿desde cuándo? since when?
    ■ desde entonces since then, from then on
    2 (lugar) from
    \
    desde ahora from now on
    desde hace mucho tiempo for a long time
    desde... hasta from... to
    desde luego (en realidad) really 2 (como respuesta) of course, certainly
    desde que since
    * * *
    prep.
    2) from
    •
    - desde entonces
    - desde luego
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando origen] from

    • desde abajo — from below

    • desde arriba — from above

    • desde lejos — from a long way off, from afar liter

    2) [con cantidades, categorías] from
    3) [en el tiempo]

    desde el martes — (=el pasado) since Tuesday; (=el próximo) after Tuesday

    • desde ahora — from now on

    • ¿desde cuándo vives aquí? — how long have you been living here?

    ¿desde cuándo ocurre esto? — how long has this been happening?

    • desde entonces — since then

    • desde hace tres años — for three years

    • desde el 4 hasta el 16 — from the 4th until o to the 16th

    • desde niño — since childhood, since I was a child

    • desde siempre — always

    -¿desde cuándo eres comunista? -desde siempre — "since when have you been a communist?" - "I've always been one"

    4)

    • desde luego —

    a) (=por supuesto) of course

    -¿vendrás? -desde luego — "are you coming?" - "of course (I am)"

    eso, desde luego, no es culpa mía — that, of course, is not my fault

    -¿quieres venir con nosotros? -desde luego que sí — "do you want to come with us?" - "of course I do"

    -¿no sabes nada de eso? -desde luego que no — "you don't know anything about it?" - "of course not"

    no era muy morena pero rubia desde luego que no — she wasn't really dark-haired, but she certainly wasn't blonde

    b) [como coletilla]

    desde luego, vaya fama estamos cogiendo — we're certainly getting quite a reputation

    desde luego, ¿quién lo iba a pensar? — I ask you, who would have thought it?, well, who would have thought it?

    ¡mira que olvidarte de llamar! ¡desde luego que eres despistado! — how could you forget to phone? you're so absent-minded!

    5)

    • desde que — since

    desde que puedo recordar — ever since I can remember, as long as I can remember

    DESDE Expresiones temporales En expresiones temporales, desde puede traducirse por since, from o, en combinación con hace/ hacía, por for. ► Desde ( que ) se traduce por since siempre que se especifique a partir de cuándo comenzó una acción o un estado que sigue desarrollándose en el presente o en el momento en que se habla: Llevo aquí de vacaciones desde el viernes I have been here on holiday since Friday No come mejillones desde que sufrió aquella intoxicación alimenticia He hasn't eaten mussels since he had that bout of food poisoning Dijo que no la había visto desde la guerra He said he hadn't seen her since the war NOTA: Hay que tener en cuenta que en casos como estos cuando se trata de algo que comienza en el pasado y sigue en el presente, el inglés hace uso del {pretérito perfecto} (en sus formas simple o progresiva). ► Traducimos desde por from cuando desde simplemente indica el momento en el que empezó la acción cuando la oración indica el final de la acción o se implica, de algún modo, que esta ya ha terminado: Y desde aquel día el rey no volvió a hablar del asunto And from that day on(wards), the king never spoke about the subject again ► La construcción desde ... hasta se traduce por from ... until o por from ... to: Trabajamos desde las nueve de la mañana hasta las cinco de la tarde We work from nine in the morning until o to five in the afternoon Tendrás que pagar el alquiler desde julio hasta octubre You will have to pay rent from July until o to October ► Desde hace y desde hacía se traducen por for ya que van seguidos de una cantidad de tiempo: Estoy esperando desde hace más de una hora I have been waiting for over an hour No se había sentido tan feliz desde hacía años He hadn't felt so happy for years ► En oraciones interrogativas, desde cuándo se traduce por how long. En este tipo de preguntas, el inglés utiliza el pretérito perfecto para referirse a algo que empezó en el pasado y continúa en el presente: ¿Desde cuándo os conocéis? How long have you known each other? Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1) ( en el tiempo) since

    desde entonces/desde que se casó — since then/since he got married

    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? - desde siempre! — since when have you liked mussels? - I've always liked them!

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? — how long have you been working here?

    desde niño — since he/I was a child

    desde el primer momento or un principio — right from the start

    2) ( en el espacio) from

    desde aquí/allá — from here/there

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? — where do I have to read from?

    3) (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    * * *
    = from, from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex. In all types of libraries in Lesotho, shortage of, and the need for trained librarians has been felt from as far back as the mid-1970s.
    ----
    * desde allí = thence.
    * desde antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.
    * desde aquel momento = ever after.
    * desde cero = from the ground up.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde dentro = from within, from the inside, from the inside-out, inside-out.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from sunrise to sunset, from sun up to sun down, from sun up to sun down, from sun to sun.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from dawn (to/till/until) dusk.
    * desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el punto de vista de = in terms of, from the vantage of.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA], medically, medically, musically, preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cinética = kinetically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la mitosis = mitotically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del medio ambiente = environmentally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned.
    * desde el punto de vista económico = fiscally.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde el punto de vista profesional = career-wise [careerwise].
    * desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, ever since then, ever since then, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.
    * desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde ese momento = from that point, ever after.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal = since + Expresión Temporal, ever since + Expresión Temporal.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta el presente = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * desde + Fecha + hasta ahora = from + Fecha + to the present.
    * desde + Fecha/Lugar + en adelante = from + Fecha/Lugar + onward(s).
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * desde... hasta... = from... through..., during the period + Período de Tiempo, from... right across....
    * desde hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * desde la época de/cuando = since the days of/when.
    * desde la época prehistórica = since prehistoric times.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * desde la perspectiva de = in light of.
    * desde la prehistoria = since prehistoric times.
    * desde lejos = from a distance, from afar.
    * desde los comienzos = from an early stage.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde mitad de + Expresión Temporal + en adelante = from the mid + Expresión Temporal + onwards.
    * desde muy antiguo = since olden times.
    * desde muy lejos = from afar.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * desde + perspectiva = against + backdrop.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.
    * desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = along + Adjetivo + line.
    * desde un extremo... al otro = from one end... to the other.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista cognitivo = cognitively.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista cultural = culturally.
    * desde un punto de vista ecológico = ecologically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estético = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * desde un punto vista ético = ethically.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.
    * * *
    1) ( en el tiempo) since

    desde entonces/desde que se casó — since then/since he got married

    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? - desde siempre! — since when have you liked mussels? - I've always liked them!

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? — how long have you been working here?

    desde niño — since he/I was a child

    desde el primer momento or un principio — right from the start

    2) ( en el espacio) from

    desde aquí/allá — from here/there

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? — where do I have to read from?

    3) (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    * * *
    = from, from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.

    Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.

    Ex: In all types of libraries in Lesotho, shortage of, and the need for trained librarians has been felt from as far back as the mid-1970s.
    * desde allí = thence.
    * desde antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.
    * desde aquel momento = ever after.
    * desde cero = from the ground up.
    * desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).
    * desde dentro = from within, from the inside, from the inside-out, inside-out.
    * desde dentro hacia fuera = from the inside-out.
    * desde dentro y desde fuera de = within and without.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from sunrise to sunset, from sun up to sun down, from sun up to sun down, from sun to sun.
    * desde el amanecer hasta el atardecer = from dawn (to/till/until) dusk.
    * desde el comienzo = from the outset, from the start, from the beginning, ab initio, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el comienzo de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el primer día = from day one.
    * desde el primer momento = from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde el punto de vista de = in terms of, from the vantage of.
    * desde el punto de vista de la conservación = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA], medically, medically, musically, preservationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cinética = kinetically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.
    * desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la mitosis = mitotically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.
    * desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.
    * desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.
    * desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.
    * desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.
    * desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.
    * desde el punto de vista del medio ambiente = environmentally.
    * desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.
    * desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.
    * desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned.
    * desde el punto de vista económico = fiscally.
    * desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.
    * desde el punto de vista político = politically.
    * desde el punto de vista profesional = career-wise [careerwise].
    * desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, ever since then, ever since then, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.
    * desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.
    * desde ese día = since that day.
    * desde ese momento = from that point, ever after.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal = since + Expresión Temporal, ever since + Expresión Temporal.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta el presente = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present.
    * desde + Expresión Temporal + hasta hoy día = from + Expresión Temporal + up to the present day.
    * desde + Fecha + hasta ahora = from + Fecha + to the present.
    * desde + Fecha/Lugar + en adelante = from + Fecha/Lugar + onward(s).
    * desde fuera = from the outside.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * desde... hasta... = from... through..., during the period + Período de Tiempo, from... right across....
    * desde hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * desde la antigüedad = since ancient times.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * desde la época de/cuando = since the days of/when.
    * desde la época prehistórica = since prehistoric times.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * desde la perspectiva de = in light of.
    * desde la prehistoria = since prehistoric times.
    * desde lejos = from a distance, from afar.
    * desde los comienzos = from an early stage.
    * desde los primeros tiempos = since the earliest of times, from earliest times.
    * desde los viejos tiempos = since olden times.
    * desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.
    * desde mitad de + Expresión Temporal + en adelante = from the mid + Expresión Temporal + onwards.
    * desde muy antiguo = since olden times.
    * desde muy lejos = from afar.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * desde + perspectiva = against + backdrop.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.
    * desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde su época = since + Posesivo + day.
    * desde su origen = from + its/their + inception, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde sus comienzos = from + its/their + inception, from + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + beginnings, since + its/their + inception.
    * desde tiempo inmemorial = since earliest time, since time immemorial, from time immemorial, since time out of mind, from time out of mind.
    * desde tiempos prehistóricos = since prehistoric times.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = along + Adjetivo + line.
    * desde un extremo... al otro = from one end... to the other.
    * desde un punto de vista académico = academically.
    * desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista clínico = clinically.
    * desde un punto de vista cognitivo = cognitively.
    * desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.
    * desde un punto de vista cultural = culturally.
    * desde un punto de vista ecológico = ecologically.
    * desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista estético = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].
    * desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.
    * desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.
    * desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.
    * desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.
    * desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista médico = medically, medically.
    * desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.
    * desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.
    * desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.
    * desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.
    * desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.
    * desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.
    * desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.
    * desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.
    * desde un punto vista ético = ethically.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * olvidado desde hace tiempo = long forgotten.

    * * *
    desde entonces/desde que se casó no lo he vuelto a ver I haven't seen him again since then/since he got married
    estamos aquí desde el mes pasado we've been here since last month
    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? how long have you been working here?
    ¿desde cuándo te gustan los mejillones? — ¡desde siempre! since when have you liked mussels? — I've always liked them!
    ¿desde cuándo hay que hacerlo así? — desde ahora when do we have to start doing it that way? — as from now
    desde niño había sido muy ambicioso he had been very ambitious ever since he was a child
    desde el primer momento or un principio right from the start o the outset
    no los veo desde hace meses I haven't seen them for months
    estaba enfermo desde hacía un año he had been ill for a year
    desde que + SUBJ
    ( liter): desde que llegara a ese país since the day that she arrived in that country
    desde que aprendiera a escribir since the time I learned to write
    DESDE … HASTA:
    estará abierto desde el 15 hasta el 30 it will be open from the 15th to o till o until the 30th
    desde que llegó hasta que se fue from the time she arrived to the time she left
    desde ya ya1 adv C. (↑ ya (1))
    les mandé una postal desde Dublín I sent them a postcard from Dublin
    lo vi desde la ventana I saw him from the window
    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? where do I have to read from?
    desde mi punto de vista from my point of view
    nosotros, desde aquí, intentaremos hacer lo que podamos we'll do what we can here o from this end o from our end
    DESDE … HASTA … FROM … TO …
    desde la página 12 hasta la 20 from page 12 to o as far as o up to page 20
    C (en escalas, jerarquías) from
    blusas desde 12 euros blouses from 12 euros
    DESDE … HASTA … FROM … TO …
    todos, desde los trabajadores hasta los empresarios, … everyone, from the workers (up) to the management, …
    desde el director hasta el último empleado de la compañía from the director (down) to the lowest employee in the company
    temas que van desde la reforma penal hasta la crisis económica subjects ranging from penal reform to the economic crisis
    D
    desde luego luego1 adv E. (↑ luego (1))
    * * *

     

    desde preposición
    1 ( en el tiempo) since;
    ◊ desde entonces/desde que se casó since then/since he got married;

    ¿desde cuándo trabajas aquí? how long have you been working here?;
    desde el primer momento right from the start;
    no los veo desde hace meses I haven't seen them for months;
    desde el 15 hasta el 30 from the 15th to o until the 30th
    2 ( en el espacio) from;
    ◊ desde aquí/allá from here/there;

    ¿desde dónde tengo que leer? where do I have to read from?;
    desde la página 12 hasta la 20 from page 12 (up) to page 20
    3 (en escalas, jerarquías) from;

    desde
    I preposición
    1 (punto en que comienza a contarse el tiempo) since: estuvo allí desde el jueves hasta el lunes, she was there from Thursday until Monday
    no he hablado con él desde hace meses, I haven't talked to him for months
    ¿desde cuándo lo sabes?, how long have you known?
    desde que María me lo dijo, ever since Maria told me
    desde ayer, since yesterday
    desde esta mañana, from this morning on
    2 (punto en que comienza a contarse una distancia o se señala una perspectiva) from
    desde aquí, from here
    desde la ventana, from the window
    figurado habla desde la ignorancia, he speaks out from ignorance
    ♦ Locuciones: desde luego, of course
    desde siempre, always
    ' desde' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonarse
    - arriba
    - borrasca
    - caer
    - cuándo
    - desarrollar
    - doblarse
    - donde
    - ermitaña
    - ermitaño
    - españolizar
    - ir
    - gritar
    - judoka
    - lloro
    - llover
    - lozana
    - lozano
    - luego
    - mendicidad
    - mustia
    - mustio
    - nos
    - residir
    - risa
    - robar
    - rondar
    - siempre
    - tarde
    - ver
    - vivir
    - yudoka
    - abajo
    - antiguo
    - arrastrar
    - bombardear
    - bombardeo
    - descender
    - descenso
    - dominar
    - exterior
    - mejor
    - memoria
    - mirar
    - pie
    - razón
    - retroactivo
    - saber
    - ser
    - simpatizar
    English:
    absolutely
    - all
    - approach
    - arouse
    - back up
    - beginning
    - blow
    - burning
    - can
    - carry
    - certainly
    - conception
    - ease off
    - ease up
    - educationally
    - elapse
    - explode
    - first
    - for
    - from
    - go
    - gorgeous
    - grandstand
    - hear of
    - hence
    - inherent
    - jump down
    - kerb-crawl
    - kerb-crawling
    - know
    - listen
    - look down
    - lost
    - mainland
    - off
    - ought
    - outset
    - outside
    - pass down
    - perspective
    - range
    - respect
    - scene
    - see
    - since
    - spectacular
    - splendid
    - standing
    - talk down
    - then
    * * *
    ♦ prep
    1. [indica tiempo] since;
    no lo veo desde el mes pasado/desde ayer I haven't seen him since last month/since yesterday;
    desde aquel día, nada volvió a ser igual from that day on, things were never the same again;
    desde ahora from now on;
    ¿desde cuándo? since when?;
    ¿desde cuándo se conocen? how long o since when have you known each other?;
    ¿desde cuándo no hay que llamar para entrar? since when has it been all right to come in without knocking?;
    desde entonces since then;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year, it's a year since I last saw her;
    desde hace dos días no come she hasn't eaten for two days;
    ¿desde cuánto hace que no come? how long has she not been eating?;
    desde hace mucho/un mes for ages/a month;
    trabaja para ellos desde hace poco she recently started working for them;
    te espero desde hace más de una hora I've been waiting for you for more than an hour;
    Fam
    ¡desde hace que no la veo! [en tono enfático] I haven't seen her for AGES!;
    desde… hasta… from… until…;
    desde el lunes hasta el viernes from Monday Br till o US through Friday;
    desde el 1 hasta el 15 de septiembre from 1 to 15 September;
    desde niño o [m5] desde pequeño me enseñaron a dar las gracias I was brought up to say thank you to people from an early age;
    desde el principio supe que no iba a salir bien I knew from the very beginning o from the word go it wasn't going to turn out well;
    desde que since;
    desde que la vi en el teatro, no he vuelto a saber nada de ella I haven't heard from her since (the day) I saw her at the theatre;
    desde que murió mi madre since my mother died;
    desde ya [inmediatamente] right now;
    ponte a ordenar esta habitación desde ya start tidying this room this instant
    2. [indica espacio] from;
    desde mi ventana se ve el puerto you can see the harbour from my window;
    vinieron a vernos desde Santiago they came from Santiago to visit us;
    ¿desde dónde nos disparan? where are they shooting at us from?;
    desde arriba/abajo from above/below;
    visto desde arriba, parece más grande seen from above, it looks bigger;
    se ve desde lejos it can be seen from a long way away;
    desde… hasta… from… to…;
    desde aquí hasta el centro from here to the centre;
    desde un punto de vista jurídico… from a legal point of view…;
    afrontemos el proceso de paz desde la democracia y el respeto let us enter the peace process in a spirit of democracy and respect
    3. [indica cantidad mínima] from;
    desde 10.000 euros from 10,000 euros
    4. [indica lo que se abarca]
    desde… hasta… from… to…;
    se encargan de todo, desde el viaje hasta el alojamiento they take care of everything, from the travel arrangements to the accommodation;
    sabe hacer de todo, desde cambiar un fusible hasta arreglar una moto she can do all sorts of things, from changing a fuse to repairing a motorbike
    ♦ desde luego loc adv
    1. [por supuesto]
    ¡desde luego (que sí)! of course!;
    ¡desde luego que me gusta! of course I like it!;
    ¡desde luego que no os ayudaré! no way am I going to help you!, I'm certainly not going to help you!
    2. [en tono de reproche]
    ¡desde luego! for goodness' sake!;
    ¡desde luego! ¡no te creía capaz de una cosa así! I certainly didn't think you were capable of something like this!;
    ¡desde luego, tienes cada idea! you really come out with some funny ideas!
    * * *
    prp
    1 en el tiempo since;
    desde 1993 since 1993;
    desde que since;
    desde hace tres días for three days;
    desde hace mucho/poco for a long/short time;
    desde mañana from tomorrow;
    desde ya Rpl right away
    2 en el espacio from;
    desde arriba/abajo from above/below;
    te veo desde aquí I can see you from here
    3 en escala from;
    desde … hasta … from … to …
    4
    :
    desde luego of course
    * * *
    desde prep
    1) : from
    2) : since
    3)
    desde ahora : from now on
    4)
    desde entonces : since then
    5)
    desde hace : for, since (a time)
    ha estado nevando desde hace dos días: it's been snowing for two days
    6)
    desde luego : of course
    7)
    desde que : since, ever since
    8)
    desde ya : right now, immediately
    * * *
    desde prep
    1. (lugar, cantidad) from
    desde... hasta from... to
    desde entonces since then / from then on
    ¿desde cuándo? how long?
    ¿desde cuándo pasas las vacaciones aquí? how long have you been coming here on holiday?

    Spanish-English dictionary > desde

  • 62 partir

    v.
    1 to divide, to split.
    Ella partió la fruta She split the fruit.
    2 to break open.
    le partieron el brazo they broke his arm
    le partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lip
    párteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread
    3 to leave, to set off.
    4 to depart, to get along, to go away, to leave.
    Ellos partieron ayer They departed yesterday.
    5 to crush, to move to pity, to shake.
    El dolor partió a Ricardo The pain crushed Richard.
    * * *
    1 (dividir) to divide, split
    2 (romper) to break; (nueces, almendras) to crack
    3 familiar (fastidiar) to mess up
    1 (irse) to leave, set out, set off
    2 (proceder) to originate from
    ■ ¿de quién partió la idea? whose idea was it?
    1 to break
    \
    a partir de hoy from now on
    partir a alguien por la mitad to ruin somebody's plans, mess somebody up
    partir la cara a alguien familiar to smash somebody's face in
    partirse de risa familiar to split one's sides laughing
    * * *
    verb
    1) to cut, halve, split
    2) break, crack
    4) depart, leave
    •
    - partir de
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dividir) [+ tarta, sandía, baraja] to cut; [+ tableta de chocolate] to break; [+ tronco] to split

    parte la barra de pan por la mitad — [con cuchillo] cut the baguette in half; [con las manos] break the baguette in half

    ¿te parto un trozo de queso? — shall I cut you (off) a piece of cheese?

    2) (=romper) [+ hueso, diente] to break; [+ rama] to break off; [+ nuez, almendra] to crack

    ¡te voy a partir la cara! — * I'm going to smash your face in! *

    3) (=distribuir) to share out; (=compartir) to share
    4) * (=fastidiar) to mess up *

    no soporto estas reuniones a las 11, me parten toda la mañana — I hate these 11 o'clock meetings, they mess up the whole morning *

    2. VI
    1) (=ponerse en camino) [persona, expedición] to set off; [tren, avión] to depart (de from) ( para for)( hacia in the direction of)
    2)

    partiendo de la base de que... — working on the principle that..., assuming that...

    ¿de quién partió la idea? — whose idea was it?

    3)

    a partir del lunes — from Monday, starting on Monday

    ¿qué podemos deducir a partir de estos datos? — what can we deduce from these data?

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cut

    lo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half

    ¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?

    b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break
    c) ( con golpe) < labio> to split (open); < cabeza> to split open

    te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)

    d) frío < labios> to chap
    2.
    partir vi
    1)
    a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)
    b) auto (Chi) to start
    2)
    a)

    partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something

    debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...

    b)

    a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on

    a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved

    a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today

    3.
    partirse v pron
    a) mármol/roca to split, smash

    se le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth

    b) (refl) < labio> to split; < diente> to break, chip
    * * *
    = cleave, split, head out, go forth.
    Ex. Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.
    Ex. In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.
    Ex. It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.
    Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    ----
    * a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.
    * a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.
    * a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.
    * a partir de aquí = hereupon.
    * a partir de ello = therefrom.
    * a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.
    * a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.
    * a partir de este momento = hereinafter.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.
    * a partir de hoy = as from today.
    * a partir de la medianoche = late night.
    * a partir de los títulos = title-based.
    * catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.
    * comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.
    * compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.
    * construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.
    * de partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.
    * introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * partiendo de = on the basis of.
    * partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.
    * partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.
    * partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.
    * partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.
    * partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.
    * partir de cero = begin + from scratch.
    * partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.
    * partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.
    * partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.
    * partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.
    * partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.
    * partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.
    * partir por medio = rend in + two.
    * partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.
    * partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.
    * partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.
    * partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.
    * ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.
    * trabajar a partir de = work forward.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( con cuchillo) <tarta/melón> to cut

    lo partió en dos/por la mitad — he cut it in two/in half

    ¿me partes otro trozo? — can you cut me another piece?

    b) ( romper) <piedra/coco> to break, smash; <nuez/avellana> to crack; <rama/palo> to break
    c) ( con golpe) < labio> to split (open); < cabeza> to split open

    te voy a partir la cara! — (fam) I'll smash your face in! (colloq)

    d) frío < labios> to chap
    2.
    partir vi
    1)
    a) (frml) tren/avión/barco to leave, depart (frml); persona/delegación to leave, depart (frml)
    b) auto (Chi) to start
    2)
    a)

    partir DE algo — de una premisa/un supuesto to start from something

    debemos partir de la base de que... — we should start from the premise that...

    b)

    a partir de ahora/ese momento — from now on/that moment on

    a partir del cambio la situación ha mejorado — since the change, the situation has improved

    a partir de hoy — (as o starting) from today

    3.
    partirse v pron
    a) mármol/roca to split, smash

    se le partió un diente — she broke o chipped a tooth

    b) (refl) < labio> to split; < diente> to break, chip
    * * *
    = cleave, split, head out, go forth.

    Ex: Ethnic and racial differences cleaved the American working class.

    Ex: In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.
    Ex: It's tempting to splurge on a new hi-fi system or head out on a shopping spree, but the smart option might be to pay off an existing debt.
    Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    * a partir de = based on, working from, from, on a diet of, in response to.
    * a partir de ahora = from now on, from this point on, henceforth, as of now.
    * a partir de ahora y durante + Cuantificador + algunos años = for + Cuantificador + years to come.
    * a partir de aquí = hereupon.
    * a partir de ello = therefrom.
    * a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, from then on, thenceforth, whereafter, henceforth, from that moment on.
    * a partir de ese momento = from that moment on.
    * a partir de este momento = hereinafter.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * a partir de + Fecha = from + Fecha, effective + Fecha.
    * a partir de hoy = as from today.
    * a partir de la medianoche = late night.
    * a partir de los títulos = title-based.
    * catalogar partiendo de cero = catalogue + from scratch.
    * comenzar partiendo de cero = build + from scratch.
    * compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.
    * construir partiendo de cero = construct + from scratch.
    * de partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer una plancha a partir de un molde = cast + plate + from mould.
    * introducir datos partiendo de cero = enter from + scratch.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * partiendo de = on the basis of.
    * partiendo de cero = from scratch, from an empty slate, from the ground up.
    * partiendo de esto = on this basis, on that basis.
    * partiendo de la práctica = practice-led.
    * partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.
    * partir de = rest on/upon, stem from, draw on/upon, build on/upon, strike out from.
    * partir de cero = begin + from scratch.
    * partir de la base de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.
    * partir de la premisa de que = start from + the premise that, build on + the premise that.
    * partir de presupuestos = make + assumption.
    * partir de una premisa = base upon + assumption, assumption + undergird.
    * partir el bacalao = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * partir en dos = halve, rend in + two.
    * partir por la mitad = halve, break in + half.
    * partir por medio = rend in + two.
    * partirse de reír = burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter, be in fits of laughter.
    * partirse de risa = laugh + Posesivo + head off, burst into + side-splitting laughter, burst into + a fit of laughter.
    * partirse de risa = be in fits of laughter.
    * partirse la cara por = work + Reflexivo + to death, work + Reflexivo + to the ground.
    * ¡que + Pronombre + partir un rayo! = be damned!.
    * trabajar a partir de = work forward.

    * * *
    partir [I1 ]
    vt
    1 (con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cut
    partió la pera en dos/por la mitad he cut the pear in two/in half
    parte la empanada en cinco partes iguales cut the pie into five equal pieces
    ¿me partes otro trozo? can you cut me another piece?
    2 (romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash; ‹nuez/avellana› to crack
    ¿me partes un pedazo de pan? could you break me off a piece of bread?
    el rayo partió el árbol por la mitad the lightning split the tree in two
    partió la vara en dos he broke o snapped the stick in two
    3 (con un golpe) ‹labio› to split, split open; ‹cabeza› to split open
    ¡te voy a partir la cara! ( fam); I'll smash your face in! ( colloq)
    4 «frío» ‹labios› to chap
    5 ‹baraja› to cut
    ■ partir
    vi
    A
    ( frml); «tren/avión/barco» to leave, depart ( frml); «persona/delegación» to set off, leave
    partió ayer con destino a Londres she left for London yesterday
    partiremos a las ocho we'll set off o set out at eight, we shall depart at eight o'clock ( frml)
    la expedición partirá de Lima hacia Cuzco el día 15 the expedition will leave Lima for Cuzco on the 15th
    B «auto» ( Chi) to start
    C
    1 partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start FROM sth
    debemos partir de la base de que lograremos los fondos we should start from the premise o assumption that we will obtain the funds, we should start by assuming that we will obtain the funds
    partiendo de esta hipótesis taking this hypothesis as a starting point
    si partimos de que estamos en inferioridad de condiciones if we start by assuming/accepting that we are at a disadvantage
    2
    a partir de ese momento ella empezó a cambiar from that moment she began to change
    a partir de la implementación de esas medidas la situación ha venido mejorando since the implementation of these measures, the situation has been improving
    a partir de hoy/del sábado (starting) from today/from Saturday
    a partir de ahora from now on, starting from now
    a partir de ese lugar el ascenso se hace cada vez más difícil from that point on the ascent becomes increasingly difficult
    a partir de estos datos ¿qué conclusiones podemos sacar? what conclusions can we draw from these facts?, given these facts, what conclusions can we draw?
    1 «mármol/roca» to split, smash, break
    se le partió un diente she broke o chipped a tooth
    2 ( refl) «persona» ‹labio› to split; ‹diente› to break, chip
    si te caes, te vas a partir la cabeza if you fall, you'll split o crack your head open
    * * *

     

    partir ( conjugate partir) verbo transitivo
    a) ( con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cut;


    b) ( romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash;

    ‹nuez/avellana› to crack;
    ‹rama/palo› to break

    ‹ cabeza› to split open
    d) [ frío] ‹ labios› to chap

    verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) (frml) ( marcharse) to leave, depart (frml)

    b) [ auto] (Chi) to start

    2
    a) partir DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start from sth

    b)


    a partir de ahora/ese momento from now on/that moment on;
    a partir de hoy (as o starting) from today
    partirse verbo pronominal
    a) [mármol/roca] to split, smash

    b) ( refl) ‹ labio› to split;

    ‹ diente› to break, chip
    partir
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (romper, quebrar) to break: me parte el corazón verte tan desalentada, it's heartbreaking to see you so depressed
    partir una nuez, to shell a walnut
    2 (dividir) to split, divide
    (con un cuchillo) to cut
    II vi (irse) to leave, set out o off
    ♦ Locuciones: a partir de aquí/ahora, from here on/now on
    a partir de entonces no volvimos a hablarnos, we didn't speak to each other from then on
    ' partir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alma
    - cero
    - cortar
    - piñón
    - salir
    - tarde
    - dividir
    - largo
    - momento
    English:
    as
    - begin
    - break off
    - break up
    - evening
    - from
    - halve
    - on
    - onward
    - onwards
    - pally
    - scratch
    - snap
    - split
    - start
    - thereafter
    - upward
    - upwards
    - after
    - break
    - consent
    - depart
    - hence
    - then
    - there
    - to
    - today
    - up
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dividir] to divide, to split (en into);
    parte el pastel en tres cut the cake in three;
    70 partido por 2 es igual a 35 70 divided by 2 equals 35
    2. [repartir] to share out;
    partió el dinero del premio con sus hermanos he shared the prize money with his brothers;
    partió el dinero del premio entre sus hermanos he shared out the prize money between his brothers
    3. [romper] to break open;
    [cascar] to crack; [cortar] to cut; [diente] to chip; [ceja, labio] to split (open), to cut;
    le partieron el brazo they broke his arm;
    le partieron la ceja/el labio they split o cut her eyebrow/lip;
    párteme un pedazo de pan break me off a piece of bread;
    párteme otra rodaja de melón cut me another slice of melon;
    partir una tarta por la mitad o [m5] en dos to cut a cake in half;
    Fam
    partirle la boca o [m5] la cara a alguien to smash sb's face in
    4. Fam [fastidiar]
    tener que salir de casa me parte por completo it's a real pain having to go out;
    aquel contratiempo nos partió la mañana that setback ruined our morning for us
    ♦ vi
    1. [marchar] to leave, to set off (de/para from/for);
    el buque partió de las costas británicas con rumbo a América the ship set sail from Britain for America
    2. [empezar]
    partir de to start from;
    partir de cero to start from scratch;
    la idea partió de un grupo de colegiales it was a group of schoolchildren that first had the idea;
    partimos de la base de que todos saben leer we are assuming that everyone can read;
    partiendo de este hecho, Newton creó una nueva teoría Newton built a new theory around this fact
    3. [repartir] to share out;
    el que parte y reparte se lleva la mejor parte people always save the biggest part for themselves
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ( dividir, repartir) split
    2 ( romper) break open, split open
    3 ( cortar) cut
    II v/i ( irse) leave;
    partir de fig start from;
    a partir de hoy (starting) from today;
    a partir de ahora from now on
    * * *
    partir vt
    1) : to cut, to split
    2) : to break, to crack
    3) : to share (out), to divide
    partir vi
    1) : to leave, to depart
    2)
    partir de : to start from
    3)
    a partir de : as of, from
    a partir de hoy: as of today
    * * *
    partir vb
    1. (cortar) to cut [pt. & pp. cut]
    ¿me partes un trozo de queso? can you cut me a slice of cheese?
    2. (romper) to break [pt. broke; pp. broken]
    3. (marcharse) to leave [pt. & pp. left]
    partir algo por la mitad to cut something in half [pt. & pp. cut]
    partirse de risa to split your sides laughing [pt. & pp. split]

    Spanish-English dictionary > partir

  • 63 persona

    f.
    1 person (individuo).
    vinieron varias personas several people came
    cien personas a hundred people
    en persona in person
    por persona per head
    ser buena persona to be a good person o sort
    persona mayor adult, grown-up
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2 party (law).
    persona física private individual
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3 person (grammar).
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    * * *
    1 person
    \
    en persona in person
    persona física individual
    persona jurídica legal entity
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=individuo) person

    • en persona — in person, in the flesh

    • por persona — per person

    dos dólares por persona — two dollars per person, two dollars a head

    • tercera persona — third party

    persona de edad — elderly person, senior citizen

    persona de historia — † dubious individual

    persona no grata, persona non grata — persona non grata

    personas reales — frm royalty sing, king and queen

    2) (Jur)
    3) (Ling) person
    4) (Rel)
    PERSONA Mientras que persona en singular se traduce por person, el plural tiene dos traducciones: people y persons. ► People es la forma más utilizada, ya que persons se emplea solamente en el lenguaje formal o técnico. Las dos formas llevan el verbo en plural: Acaban de llegar tres personas preguntando por un tal Sr. Oliva Three people have just arrived asking for a Mr Oliva "Peso máximo: 8 personas" "Weight limit: 8 persons" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.
    Ex. From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.
    Ex. Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex. Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex. Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex. All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex. In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex. Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    ----
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona — <ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.

    Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

    Ex: Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex: Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex: All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex: Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

    * * *
    A
    1 (ser humano) person
    es una persona muy educada/simpática he's/she's a very polite/likable person
    había tres personas esperando there were three people waiting
    en el coche caben cinco personas the car can take five people
    [ S ] carga máxima: ocho personas o 500 kilos maximum capacity: eight persons or 500 kilos
    como persona no me gusta I don't like him as a person
    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? how many people do you have reporting to you?
    en la persona del Rey se concentra el poder civil y militar civil and military power resides in the King himself
    se rindió homenaje a los ex-combatientes en la persona de … tribute was paid to the war veterans who were represented by …
    las personas interesadas pueden presentarse mañana a las diez all those interested may come along tomorrow at ten o'clock
    es una persona de recursos she's a resourceful person, she's resourceful
    2 ( en locs):
    de persona a persona person to person
    en persona in person
    vino en persona a traerme la carta she brought me the letter in person
    conozco su obra, pero no lo conozco en persona I know his work, but I don't know him personally
    deberán presentarse en persona you must come personally o in person
    es el orden/la estupidez en persona he is orderliness/stupidity personified
    por persona: la comida salió a 20 dólares por persona the meal came to 20 dollars a head
    sólo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person o per head
    hay dos trozos por persona there are two pieces each
    Compuestos:
    displaced person
    individual
    ● persona jurídica or moral
    legal entity
    individual
    ● persona no or non grata
    persona non grata
    B ( Ling) person
    la primera persona del singular/plural the first person singular/plural
    * * *

     

    Del verbo personarse: ( conjugate personarse)

    se persona es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    persona sustantivo femenino


    dos o más personas two or more people;
    las personas interesadas … all those interested …
    b) ( en locs)

    ◊ en persona ‹ir/presentarse› in person;

    no lo conozco en persona I don't know him personally;
    por persona per person;
    solo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person;
    la comida costó 20 dólares por persona the meal cost 20 dollars per o a head
    c) (Ling) person

    persona sustantivo femenino
    1 (individuo) person, people pl: es una persona muy sensible, he is a very sensitive person
    no es mala persona, he isn't a bad sort
    había demasiadas personas, there were too many people
    familiar persona mayor, grown-up
    persona non grata, persona non grata
    2 persona jurídica, legal entity
    3 Ling person
    tercera persona del singular, third person singular
    ♦ Locuciones: en persona, in person
    por persona, per person
    ' persona' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abandonar
    - abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abordar
    - aborregarse
    - abrazarse
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - acaparar
    - acartonarse
    - acoger
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acogida
    - acostarse
    - adaptable
    - adefesio
    - adusta
    - adusto
    - afanosa
    - afanoso
    - afianzarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - agobiante
    - aguatera
    - aguatero
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alcanzar
    - alevosa
    - alevoso
    - alhaja
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - alza
    - amén
    - amordazar
    - animar
    - animadversión
    - animal
    - animarse
    - anular
    - apaciguarse
    English:
    abandon
    - absence
    - accept
    - accessible
    - acquaintance
    - act up
    - action
    - activity
    - adaptable
    - address
    - adjust
    - adjustment
    - admit
    - adult
    - advance
    - affect
    - affluent
    - agreeable
    - air
    - airy
    - aloof
    - am
    - angry
    - annoyance
    - appealing
    - appoint
    - approach
    - approachable
    - approve of
    - armchair
    - armor
    - armour
    - around
    - arrival
    - articulate
    - ask
    - ask for
    - ass
    - assassin
    - assassination
    - assign
    - astute
    - attractive
    - available
    - awkward
    - ax
    - axe
    - baby
    - background
    - backward
    * * *
    1. [individuo] person;
    vinieron varias personas several people came;
    cien personas a hundred people;
    la persona responsable the person in charge;
    necesitan la mediación de una tercera persona they need the mediation of a third party;
    ser buena persona to be nice;
    ha venido el obispo en persona the bishop came in person;
    este niño es el demonio en persona this child is the very devil;
    de persona a persona person to person, one to one;
    por persona per head
    persona de contacto contact person;
    persona mayor adult, grown-up;
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2. Der party
    persona física natural o legal person;
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3. Gram person;
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    4. Rel person
    * * *
    f person;
    quince personas fifteen people;
    persona (humana) human being;
    persona mayor elderly person buena/mala persona nice/nasty person;
    en persona in person
    * * *
    : person
    * * *
    persona n person person se usa sobre todo en singular. Para el plural se dice people
    ¿cuántas personas había? how many people were there?

    Spanish-English dictionary > persona

  • 64 Albuquerque, Joaquim Mousinho de

    (1855-1902)
       Portugal's most celebrated colonial soldier of the modern era, governor and conqueror of the Gaza state in Mozambique. A career army officer with noble lineage, "Mousinho," as he became known to his generation, later helped to shape Portugal's administration and policies in Mozambique, following army service in India. He served largely as a soldier involved in so-called "pacification" campaigns in Mozambique (1890-95) and then as an administrator, where he acted as royal commissioner and governor-general of Mozambique from 1896 to 1898. After he first visited Africa in 1890, the year of the English Ultimatum, the principal part of his career would be devoted to Portuguese Africa, and he was to become a noted authority on African affairs and policies. Appointed governor of the district of Lourenço Marques (today, Maputo) in late 1890, he returned to Portugal in 1892, then became part of the most famous military expedition to Portuguese Africa of the modern era, the 1895 force sent to Mozambique to conquer the African state of Gaza, in southern Mozambique. Albuquerque distinguished himself in this bloody campaign; at the battle of Coolela, on 7 November 1895, Portuguese forces using the novel machine gun defeated and slaughtered the army of Gaza king Gungunyane. Following his appointment as military governor of the Gaza district, Albuquerque grew impatient with the failure of his superiors to give the coup d'grace to the Gaza kingdom by killing or capturing its leader, Gungunyane, who had escaped after the battle of Coolela. With a small force, Mousinho raided his refuge at Chaimite, Mozambique, and captured Gungunyane, who did not resist (January 1896). These bold deeds in the 1895 campaign and the surprise kidnapping of Mozambique's most powerful African leader made Albuquerque a hero in Portugal and a colonial celebrity in several other European states. Among the honors showered upon this unusual soldier was the 1896 double appointment as governor-general and royal commissioner of Mozambique colony. His service as chief administrator of Portugal's second most important African territory during 1896-98 was significant but frustrating. His efforts at sweeping reforms, rejuvenation, and decentralization of authority and power were noble but made little impact at the time. He resigned in anger after his failure to move the Lisbon colonial bureaucracy and returned to a restless, relatively inactive life in Portugal. Unable to adjust to dull garrison duty, after he completed his masterful colonial report-memoir on his African service (Mozambique, 1896-98), Albuquerque in vain sought new challenges. Briefly he served as tutor to Prince Luís, heir apparent of King Carlos I, but his efforts to volunteer as an officer in wars in South Africa and China failed. His idea of a military dictatorship to reform a lagging constitutional monarchy rejected both by his patron, King Carlos, and by much of the political elite, Lieutenant Colonel Mousinho de Albuquerque found life too painful to bear. On 8 January 1902, while on a Lisbon tram, Albuquerque committed suicide with his own pistol. His importance for future colonial policy in Africa was manifest as Portugal made efforts to decentralize and reform administration until 1930. After 1930, his personal legend as a brave colonial soldier who was an epitome of patriotism grew and was exploited by the dictatorship led by Sala- zar. Mousinho de Albuquerque was adopted by this regime, between 1930 and 1960, as the military-colonial patron saint of the regime and as an example to Portuguese youth. The name of the place where he surprised Gungunyane, Chaimite, was adopted as the name of an armored car used by the Portuguese Army in its post-1961 campaigns in Africa.
        See also Carlos I, King; Generation of 1895.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Albuquerque, Joaquim Mousinho de

  • 65 estancarse

    pron.v.
    to come to a standstill.
    * * *
    1 (líquido) to stagnate, become stagnant
    2 figurado to stagnate, get bogged down (negociaciones) to be deadlocked, make no headway
    * * *
    VPR
    1) [agua] to stagnate, become stagnant
    2) [economía, industria, persona] to stagnate
    * * *
    = stall, run into + the sand(s), become + stagnant, plateau.
    Ex. In other instances, however, the pay equity process has been stalled becasue of the reluctance on the part of some municipalities to include library workers in their pay equity plans.
    Ex. The king must have then realised, if he had not already done so, that his efforts to secure an annulment from the pope had run into the sand.
    Ex. Research in the social sciences has become increasingly stagnant and impoverished, largely because of the insistence on using objective, quantitative methods derived from the natural sciences.
    Ex. If you take 2002 as your point of reference, then temperatures have plateaued.
    * * *
    = stall, run into + the sand(s), become + stagnant, plateau.

    Ex: In other instances, however, the pay equity process has been stalled becasue of the reluctance on the part of some municipalities to include library workers in their pay equity plans.

    Ex: The king must have then realised, if he had not already done so, that his efforts to secure an annulment from the pope had run into the sand.
    Ex: Research in the social sciences has become increasingly stagnant and impoverished, largely because of the insistence on using objective, quantitative methods derived from the natural sciences.
    Ex: If you take 2002 as your point of reference, then temperatures have plateaued.

    * * *

    estancarse ( conjugate estancarse) verbo pronominal

    b) [negociación/proceso] to come to a halt o standstill

    c) ( con un problema) to get bogged down o stuck

    ■estancarse verbo reflexivo
    1 (detenerse el agua) to stagnate: en este lugar el agua se estanca y produce fuertes olores, the water here is stagnating and giving off a strong odour
    2 (detenerse un asunto o proceso) to come to a standstill: espero que no nos quedemos estancados por trabas burocráticas, I hope that we don't come to a standstill because of bureaucratic red tape
    ' estancarse' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    estacionarse
    English:
    bog down
    - rut
    - stagnate
    - stall
    * * *
    vpr
    1. [aguas] to stagnate, to become stagnant
    2. [economía] to stagnate;
    [progreso, negocio, proyecto] to come to a standstill; [negociaciones] to reach deadlock, to come to a standstill
    3. [persona] to get stuck;
    con ese problema nos estancamos we've got stuck o we're not getting anywhere with this problem
    4. Com to be converted into a monopoly
    * * *
    v/r stagnate; fig
    come to a standstill
    * * *
    vr
    1) : to stagnate
    2) : to be brought to a standstill, to be deadlocked

    Spanish-English dictionary > estancarse

  • 66 para

    prep.
    1 for.
    es para ti it's for you
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living room
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand
    ¿para qué? what for?
    2 (in order) to.
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you
    3 toward.
    ir para casa to head (for) home
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport
    4 for (time).
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow
    5 to.
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.
    * * *
    2 (uso, utilidad) for
    ■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with
    ■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?
    3 (destino, dirección) for, to
    ■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00
    ■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?
    4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before
    1 (finalidad) to, in order to
    2 (suficiente) enough
    \
    para entonces by then
    para con towards, to
    para que so that
    ¿para qué? what for?
    ■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?
    ¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly
    ■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing
    ■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    2) to
    4) by
    •
    - para detrás
    - para que
    * * *
    I
    PREP
    1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

    es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

    para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

    2)

    para que —

    a) + subjun
    b) [en preguntas]

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

    -¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

    tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

    tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

    3) + infin
    a) [indicando finalidad] to

    estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

    no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

    b) [indicando secuencia temporal]
    4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

    un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten

    son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight

    5) [indicando dirección]

    para atrás — back, backwards

    el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

    ir para casa — to go home, head for home

    6) [indicando opiniones]

    para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

    7) [en comparaciones]

    ¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

    para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

    para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

    8) [indicando trato]

    para con — to, towards

    tan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody

    estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
    * SM paratrooper, para *
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.
    Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.
    Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

    Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

    Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.

    * * *
    A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for
    tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you
    ¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?
    lee para ti read to yourself
    fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?
    no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work
    ¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?
    ¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?
    champú para bebés baby shampoo
    jarabe para la tos cough mixture
    que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)
    venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!
    B para + INF to + INF
    está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car
    esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting
    para serte sincero to tell you the truth
    como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself
    para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year
    no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that
    nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better
    para no + INF so as not to + INF
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her
    C para QUE + SUBJ:
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me
    pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?
    para QUE no + SUBJ:
    cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    D
    1
    (enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out
    2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to
    para su desgracia unfortunately for him
    para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise
    no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round
    tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad
    para + INF:
    apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well
    ¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white
    basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered
    B
    (en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun
    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age
    para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat
    díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …
    para + INF:
    para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech
    ¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them
    para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …
    ¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!
    C estar para algo/+ INF
    (indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes
    estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin
    no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes
    D
    (expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now
    para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart
    tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me
    ¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?
    esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader
    A
    (indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport
    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house
    tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside
    B
    (en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on
    va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)
    A
    (señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th
    ¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?
    B
    1
    (indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August
    para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?
    ¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    C
    1
    (expresando duración): para siempre forever
    tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)
    esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time
    ¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?
    D ( liter)
    (en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return
    fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later
    * * *

     

    Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

    para es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

    para es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    para    
    parar    
    parir
    para preposición
    1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;

    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
    champú para bebés baby shampoo;
    para eso no voy I might as well not go;
    para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
    tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
    para aprobar (in order) to pass;
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
    cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    2


    no es para tanto it's not that bad;
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):


    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
    para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
    ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
    es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
    1 ( dirección):

    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    2 ( tiempo)
    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

    ◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

    deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
    para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;


    c) ( duración):


    tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
    parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( detenerse) to stop;

    ir/venir a para to end up;
    fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
    ¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
    ¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
    2 ( cesar) to stop;

    ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
    no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
    no para en casa she's never at home;
    para DE + INF to stop -ing;
    paró de llover it stopped raining
    3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹coche/tráfico/persona› to stop;

    ‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
    b) ‹ hemorragia› to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

    c) ‹balón/tiro› to save, stop;

    ‹ golpe› to block, ward off
    2 (AmL)

    b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libro› to stand … up;


    pararse verbo pronominal
    1 ( detenerse)

    b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

    [coche/motor] to stall;

    2


    se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
    ¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
    b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

    ( en los lados) to stick out

    parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
    [ vaca] to calve;
    [yegua/burra] to foal;
    [ oveja] to lamb
    verbo transitivo

    b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

    para preposición
    1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
    una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
    una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
    2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
    lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
    3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
    hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
    es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
    4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
    5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
    6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
    7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
    para entonces, by then
    8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
    9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
    iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
    Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
    parar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
    para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
    no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
    2 (alojarse) to stay
    3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to stop
    2 Dep to save
    3 LAm to stand up
    ♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
    parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
    ' para' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abalorio
    - ablandar
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - acá
    - aceitera
    - achuchar
    - actuación
    - adentro
    - agitador
    - agitadora
    - alcanzar
    - alfiler
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - aliento
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - amenaza
    - añadidura
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - ánimo
    - año
    - antesala
    - antirrobo
    - aplanar
    - aprovechar
    - apta
    - aptitud
    - apto
    - aquí
    - arca
    - arena
    - arrastre
    - arriba
    - arropar
    - atonía
    - atrás
    - atril
    - aunar
    - auspicio
    - baja
    - bajo
    - balde
    - bálsamo
    - bañarse
    - banco
    English:
    AA
    - ability
    - about
    - accessory
    - accommodate
    - achieve
    - activity
    - adapter
    - adaptor
    - adequate
    - adequately
    - admire
    - adult
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advertise
    - aftershave (lotion)
    - agitate
    - agree
    - all
    - all-out
    - allocate
    - analyst
    - antiallergenic
    - antibiotic
    - antidote
    - antihistamine
    - antipollution
    - appease
    - application
    - appointment
    - appropriate
    - aptitude
    - argue
    - arm-twisting
    - arms control
    - around-the clock
    - arrangement
    - arson
    - as
    - ASPCA
    - assailant
    - assert
    - assess
    - assume
    - astir
    - astonishment
    - attain
    - attention span
    - attractive
    * * *
    para prep
    1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;
    es para ti it's for you;
    significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    “¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;
    desayuno para dos breakfast for two;
    crema para zapatos shoe polish;
    pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;
    están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;
    estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;
    me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;
    resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;
    para con towards;
    es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;
    ¿para qué? what for?;
    ¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;
    ¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;
    ¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?
    2. [indica dirección] towards;
    el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;
    ir para casa to head (for) home;
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;
    para abajo downwards;
    para arriba upwards;
    tira para arriba pull up o upwards;
    para atrás backwards;
    échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;
    para delante forwards;
    ya vas para viejo you're getting old;
    esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter
    3. [indica tiempo] for;
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;
    faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;
    tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;
    llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
    Am salvo RP
    diez para las once ten to eleven;
    Am salvo RP
    un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;
    va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;
    ¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;
    para entonces by then
    4. [indica comparación]
    tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;
    está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;
    para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;
    para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;
    para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;
    ¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;
    ¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;
    yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…
    5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    6. [indica opinión] for;
    para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;
    para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;
    para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;
    ¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?
    7. [indica disposición, estado]
    no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;
    el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;
    ¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?
    8. [indica consecuencia]
    para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;
    para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;
    para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us
    9. Comp
    no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;
    no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;
    dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
    Fam
    que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;
    este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot
    * * *
    prp
    1 for;
    para mí for me
    2 dirección toward(s);
    ir para head for;
    va para directora she’s going to end up as manager
    3 tiempo for;
    listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;
    para siempre forever;
    diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;
    para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;
    espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;
    ¿para cuándo? when for?
    :
    lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;
    para que so that;
    ¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;
    para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that
    :
    para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age
    6
    :
    lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30
    * * *
    para prep
    1) : for
    para ti: for you
    alta para su edad: tall for her age
    una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday
    2) : to, towards
    para la derecha: to the right
    van para el río: they're heading towards the river
    3) : to, in order to
    lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you
    4) : around, by (a time)
    para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow
    5)
    para adelante : forwards
    6)
    para atrás : backwards
    7)
    para que : so, so that, in order that
    te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know
    * * *
    para prep
    4. (dirección) for / to
    5. (tiempo) by
    para mí for me / in my opinion

    Spanish-English dictionary > para

  • 67 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 68 gleich

    I Adj.
    1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd. the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc.: equal; (einheitlich) uniform; fast gleich very similar; in gleicher Weise (in) the same way; zu gleichen Teilen equally; zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously; gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all; gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work; gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten Sprichw. equal rights, equal responsibilities; das Gleiche oder Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg. goes for); es kommt oder läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus oder das bleibt sich gleich umg. it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing; alle Menschen sind gleich (, nur einige sind gleicher hum.) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])
    2. (ähnlich, vergleichbar) similar, like, präd. alike; Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten give s.o. tit for tat, pay s.o. back in kind, repay like with like; Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern Sprichw. birds of a feather (flock together)
    3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged; gleich bleiben stay the same; das wird immer gleich bleiben it’ll never change; mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy; er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more
    4. MATH., Winkel etc.: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc.: same, like; PHYS., Ladung, Pole: like; in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other; x ist gleich y x equals y; 7 - 2 ist gleich 5 7 - 2 is ( oder leaves) 5; 5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7; gleich null setzen equate to zero
    5. (egal): es ist mir gleich umg. it’s all the same to me; ganz gleich wann / wo etc. whenever / wherever etc. (it is), no matter when / where etc. (it is); es ist ganz gleich, wann / wo etc. it doesn’t matter ( oder make any difference) when / where etc.; das kann dir doch gleich sein umg. why should you care?
    II Adv.
    1. alike, equally; gleich alt / groß etc. the same age / size etc.; es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time; sie stehen gleich SPORT they’re drawing; in der Tabelle: they’re level on points; gleich bleibend always the same; (unveränderlich) constant, invariable; Kurs, Barometer etc.: steady; gleich denkend oder gesinnt like-minded; gleich geartet of the same kind; (ähnlich) similar; gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases; gleich gerichtet Ziele, Interessen etc.: similar, parallel; TECH. synchronous; ETECH. unidirectional; gleich gesinnte Leute people with the same kind of interest ( oder outlook etc.); gleich gestellt on an equal footing (+ Dat with); gesellschaftlich: on the same social level; gleich gestimmt Instrumente: tuned to the same pitch; fig. in tune (with one another); gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits; gleich lautend Text: identical, with the same wording; Inhalt: to the same effect; Wörter: homonymic; bei verschiedener Schreibung: homophonic; gleich lautendes Wort auch geschrieben: homonym; vom Klang: homophone; gleich lautende Abschrift true copy
    2. (unmittelbar) right, straight, just, directly; (sofort) straightaway, immediately; gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with; gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it; gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite; gleich als as soon as; gleich nach( dem) right ( oder straight) after; ( jetzt) gleich right now, this minute; gleich! hinhaltend: just a minute, give us a chance umg.; ( ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!; ich ging gleich hin I went straight there; es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry; Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away; ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute; komme gleich wieder Schild: will be right back, be back in a jiffy umg.; bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later); das haben wir gleich oder das ist gleich geschehen it won’t take a minute, we’ll have that done ( oder fixed) in no time; es ist gleich zehn ( Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)
    3. umg., nachfragend: wie heißt er ( noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?; was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?; wo war es gleich? where was it now?
    4. umg. (auf einmal) at a time, at once; sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once; er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same time
    5. umg., Gefühle oder Absicht ausdrückend: das hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it; willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!; gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!; warum nicht gleich so? ungeduldig: what’s keeping you etc.?; es muss nicht gleich... heißen / sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that) / it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be; dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!; geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper; wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry; das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much); habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?
    III Präp. geh.: gleich einem König like a king; einem Wunder gleich as if by magic
    * * *
    (identisch) equally (Adv.); even (Adv.); same (Adj.);
    (rechnerisch) equal (Adj.); even (Adj.);
    (sofort) without delay (Adv.); instantly (Adv.); in a moment (Adv.); readily (Adv.);
    (ähnlich) alike (Adj.); like (Adj.)
    * * *
    [glaiç]
    1. ADJEKTIV
    1) = identisch, ähnlich same

    das gleiche, aber nicht dasselbe Auto — a similar car, but not the same one

    der/die/das gleiche... wie — the same... as

    in gleicher Weise — in the same way

    zur gleichen Zeit — at the same time

    die beiden haben gleiches Gewicht — they are both the same weight, they both weigh the same

    ich fahre den gleichen Wagen wie Sie — I drive the same car as you

    das kommt or läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus — it amounts to the same thing

    wir wollten alle das Gleiche — we all wanted the same thing

    es waren die Gleichen, die... — it was the same ones who...

    ihr Männer seid doch alle gleich! — you men are all the same!

    es ist mir ( alles or ganz) gleich — it's all the same to me

    Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern (Prov) — birds of a feather flock together (Prov)

    Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten — to pay someone back in the same coin (Brit), to pay sb back in kind

    ganz gleich wer/was etc — no matter who/what etc

    2) = gleichwertig, gleichberechtigt equal

    in gleichem Abstand — at an equal distance

    zwei mal zwei (ist) gleich vier — two twos are four, two times two is four

    vier plus/durch/minus zwei ist gleich... — four plus/divided by/minus two is...

    gleich sein — to be sb's equal (in sth)

    gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten — equal rights, equal responsibilities

    alle Menschen sind gleich, nur einige sind gleicher (hum) — all men are equal, but some are more equal than others

    2. ADVERB
    1) = ohne Unterschied equally; (= auf gleiche Weise) alike, the same

    sie sind gleich groß/alt/schwer — they are the same size/age/weightdiams; gleich bleibend

    2) räumlich right, just
    3) zeitlich = sofort immediately; (= bald) in a minute

    gleich zu or am Anfang — right at the beginning, at the very beginning

    ich werde ihn gleich morgen besuchen — I'll go and see him tomorrow

    warum nicht gleich so? — why didn't you say/do that in the first place?

    na komm schon! – gleich! — come along! – I'm just coming! or – I'll be right there

    wann machst du das? – gleich! — when are you going to do it? – right away or in just a moment

    gleich als or nachdem er... — as soon as he...

    so wirkt das Bild gleich ganz anders — suddenly, the picture has changed completely

    wenn das stimmt, kann ichs ja gleich aufgeben — if that's true I might as well give up right now

    er ging gleich in die Küche/vor Gericht — he went straight to the kitchen/to court

    bis gleich! — see you later!

    wie war doch gleich die Nummer/Ihr Name? — what was the number/your name again?

    3. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)(liter)
    like

    einer Epidemie gleich, gleich einer Epidemie — like an epidemic

    4. BINDEWORT(old, liter)

    ob er gleich... — although he...

    wenn er gleich... — even if he...

    * * *
    1) (like one another; similar: Twins are often very alike.) alike
    2) (in the same way: He treated all his children alike.) alike
    3) (level; the same in height, amount etc: Are the table-legs even?; an even temperature.) even
    4) (equal (in number, amount etc): The teams have scored one goal each and so they are even now.) even
    6) (the same in size, amount, value etc: four equal slices; coins of equal value; Are these pieces equal in size? Women want equal wages with men.) equal
    7) (of the same height, standard etc: The top of the kitchen sink is level with the window-sill; The scores of the two teams are level.) level
    8) (soon: He will be here presently.) presently
    9) (alike; very similar: The houses in this road are all the same; You have the same eyes as your brother (has).) same
    10) (not different: My friend and I are the same age; He went to the same school as me.) same
    11) (unchanged: My opinion is the same as it always was.) same
    12) ((usually with the) the same thing: He sat down and we all did the same.) same
    * * *
    [ˈglaiç]
    I. adj
    zwei mal zwei [ist] \gleich vier two times two is [or equals] four
    PC ist nicht \gleich PC PCs are not all the same
    \gleiche Dreiecke MATH congruent triangles spec
    die \gleichen Gesichter the same faces
    \gleicher Lohn für \gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work
    in \gleichem Maße to the same degree/extent
    alle Menschen sind \gleich[, nur einige sind \gleicher (iron)] all people are equal [but some are more equal than others iron]
    im \gleichen Moment at that very [or the same] moment
    \gleichen Namens of the same name
    am \gleichen Ort at/in the same place
    \gleiches Recht für alle equal rights pl for all
    \gleiche Rechte/Pflichten equal rights/responsibilities
    am \gleichen Tag [on] the same day, that same day
    in \gleicher [o auf die \gleiche] Weise in the same way
    zur \gleichen Zeit at the same time
    ein G\gleiches tun (geh) to do the same
    G\gleiches mit G \gleichem vergelten to pay like with like, to give tit for tat
    ▪ der/die/das G\gleiche the same [one]
    das G\gleiche gilt für dich the same goes for [or applies to] you
    das G\gleiche vorhaben/wollen to have the same intentions/objectives
    der/die/das G\gleiche wie.. the same as...
    [ganz] \gleich, was/wer/wie [...] no matter what/who/how [...]
    ▪ jdm ist jd/etw \gleich sb does not care about sb/sth, sb/sth is all the same to sb
    das ist mir \gleich I don't care
    3. (unverändert) same attr
    [sich dat] \gleich bleiben to stay [or remain] the same [or unchanged]; Messwert a. to stay [or remain] constant [or steady]
    du bist dir in deinem Wesen immer \gleich geblieben you've always had the same nature
    das bleibt sich doch \gleich (fam) it's the same thing, it makes no difference
    \gleich bleibend constant/constantly, steady/steadily; konsequent consistent/consistently
    jedes Jahr waren es \gleich bleibend rund 1000 Anfragen each year saw a consistent number of about 1000 requests
    in \gleich bleibendem Abstand at a steady distance
    ▪ der/die/das G\gleiche [wie...] the same [as...]
    es ist immer das [ewig] G\gleiche it's always the same [old thing]
    sie ist immer die G\gleiche geblieben she's never changed
    aufs G\gleiche hinauslaufen [o hinauskommen] it comes [or boils] down [or amounts] to the same thing
    4.
    ▶ etw ins G\gleiche bringen (geh) to sort out sth sep
    ▶ G\gleich und G \gleich gesellt sich gern (prov) birds of a feather flock together prov
    ▶ von G\gleich zu G \gleich on an equal footing
    II. adv
    \gleich alt the same age pred
    \gleich groß/lang equally large/long, equal in [or the same] size/length pred
    \gleich schwer equally heavy, the same weight pred
    ▪ etw \gleich tun to do sth the same
    \gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet sein to have the same structure/to be wearing identical clothes
    jdn \gleich behandeln to treat sb alike
    \gleich bezahlt werden to be paid the same, to receive the same pay
    \gleich gelagert comparable
    \gleich gesinnt [o denkend] like-minded, of like minds pred
    \gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits [or souls]
    \gleich lautend identical; Text a. identically worded; LING homonymous spec
    der Appell wurde \gleich lautend in vielen Zeitungen gedruckt the same appeal was printed in many newspapers
    2. (bald) just, in a minute [or moment]; (sofort a.) straight away
    \gleich nach dem Frühstück right [or straight] after breakfast
    es ist \gleich ein Uhr it's almost [or nearly] one o'clock
    es muss nicht \gleich sein you don't have to do it right [or straight] away, there's no hurry
    bis \gleich! see you then [or later]!; (sofort) see you in a minute [or moment]!
    ich komme \gleich! I'm just coming!, I'll be right there!
    habe ich es nicht \gleich gesagt! what did I tell you?, I told you so!
    warum nicht \gleich so? why didn't you say so/do that in the first place?
    \gleich danach [o darauf] soon afterwards [or AM also afterward]; (sofort) right away, straight [or right] afterwards [or AM also afterward]
    \gleich jetzt [right] now
    \gleich heute/morgen [first thing] today/tomorrow
    3. (daneben) immediately, right
    \gleich als [o nachdem] ... as soon as...
    \gleich dahinter just [or right] behind it
    \gleich danach just [or right] [or immediately] after it
    \gleich daneben right beside [or next to] it
    4. usu + Zahl (zugleich)
    sie kaufte sich \gleich zwei Paar she bought two pairs!
    drei Autos, nein, \gleich vier besitzt sie she owns three — no, four cars
    III. part
    1. in Fragesätzen (noch)
    wie war doch \gleich Ihr Name? what was your name again?
    was hast du \gleich gesagt? what was that you were saying?
    wir können \gleich zu Hause bleiben we can just [or might] as well stay at home
    du brauchst nicht \gleich zu weinen there's no need to start crying
    \gleich gar nicht/nichts not/nothing at all
    IV. präp +dat (geh)
    ▪ \gleich jdm/etw [o jdm/etw \gleich] like sb/sth
    * * *
    1.
    1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equal

    dreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six

    gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady

    das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference

    gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady

    das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.

    das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing

    Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind

    Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)

    gleich lautend — identical; identically worded

    2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)

    ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...

    2.

    gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.

    gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.

    gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes

    3) (sofort) at once; right or straight away; (bald) in a moment or minute

    es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock

    das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?

    4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just

    gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left

    3.
    Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like
    4.
    1)

    nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross

    wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?

    * * *
    A. adj
    1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc: equal; (einheitlich) uniform;
    fast gleich very similar;
    in gleicher Weise (in) the same way;
    zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously;
    gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all;
    gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work;
    gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten sprichw equal rights, equal responsibilities;
    Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg goes for);
    das bleibt sich gleich umg it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing;
    nur einige sind gleicher hum) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])
    2. (ähnlich, vergleichbar) similar, like, präd alike;
    Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten give sb tit for tat, pay sb back in kind, repay like with like;
    Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern sprichw birds of a feather (flock together)
    3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged;
    mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy;
    er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more
    4. MATH, Winkel etc: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc: same, like; PHYS, Ladung, Pole: like;
    in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other;
    x ist gleich y x equals y;
    7 – 2 ist gleich 5 7 – 2 is ( oder leaves) 5;
    5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7;
    gleich null setzen equate to zero
    5. (egal):
    es ist mir gleich umg it’s all the same to me;
    ganz gleich wann/wo etc whenever/wherever etc (it is), no matter when/where etc (it is);
    es ist ganz gleich, wann/wo etc it doesn’t matter ( oder make any difference) when/where etc;
    das kann dir doch gleich sein umg why should you care?
    B. adv
    1. alike, equally;
    gleich alt/groß etc the same age/size etc;
    es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time;
    gesinnt like-minded;
    gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases;
    gleich gerichtet Ziele, Interessen etc: similar, parallel; TECH synchronous; ELEK unidirectional;
    gleich gesinnte Leute people with the same kind of interest ( oder outlook etc);
    gleich gestimmt Instrumente: tuned to the same pitch; fig in tune (with one another);
    gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits;
    2. (unmittelbar) right, straight, just, directly; (sofort) straightaway, immediately;
    gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with;
    gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it;
    gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite;
    gleich als as soon as;
    gleich nach(dem) right ( oder straight) after;
    (jetzt) gleich right now, this minute;
    gleich! hinhaltend: just a minute, give us a chance umg;
    (ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!;
    ich ging gleich hin I went straight there;
    es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry;
    Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away;
    ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute;
    komme gleich wieder Schild: will be right back, be back in a jiffy umg;
    bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later);
    das ist gleich geschehen it won’t take a minute, we’ll have that done ( oder fixed) in no time;
    es ist gleich zehn (Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)
    3. umg, nachfragend:
    wie heißt er (noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?;
    was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?;
    wo war es gleich? where was it now?
    4. umg (auf einmal) at a time, at once;
    sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once;
    er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same time
    das hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it;
    willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!;
    gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!;
    warum nicht gleich so? ungeduldig: what’s keeping you etc?;
    es muss nicht gleich … heißen/sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that)/it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be;
    dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!;
    geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper;
    wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry;
    das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much);
    habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?
    C. präp geh:
    gleich einem König like a king;
    einem Wunder gleich as if by magic
    * * *
    1.
    1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equal

    dreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six

    gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady

    sich (Dat.) gleich bleiben — remain the same

    das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference

    gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady

    das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.

    das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing

    Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind

    Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)

    gleich lautend — identical; identically worded

    2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)

    ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...

    2.

    gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.

    gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.

    gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes

    3) (sofort) at once; right or straight away; (bald) in a moment or minute

    es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock

    das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?

    4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just

    gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left

    3.
    Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like
    4.
    1)

    nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross

    wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?

    * * *
    (Mathematik) adj.
    equal adj. adj.
    alike adj.
    equal adj.
    like adj.
    right adj.
    same adj.
    similar adj. adv.
    equally adv.
    in a moment expr.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gleich

  • 69 सावित्री _sāvitrī

    सावित्री 1 A ray of light.
    -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information.
    -3 The ceremony of investi- ture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38.
    -4 N. of a wife of Brahman.
    -5 N. of Pārvatī.
    -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa.
    -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi).
    -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repul- sed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who hap- pened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proce- eded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and fol- lowed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Deli- ghted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or high- est pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.]
    -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2.
    -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widow- hood.
    -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सावित्री _sāvitrī

  • 70 après

    après [apʀε]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. (temps) after
    ► après + infinitif
    • après avoir lu ta lettre, j'ai téléphoné à maman when I'd read your letter, I phoned mother
    • après être rentré chez lui, il a bu un whisky when he got home he had a whisky
    • après que je l'ai quittée, elle a ouvert une bouteille de champagne after I left her she opened a bottle of champagne► après coup later
    • après coup, j'ai eu des remords later I felt guilty
    • après vous, je vous en prie after you
    • après tout, ce n'est qu'un enfant after all he is only a child
       c. (lieu) after
       d. (objet) after
    • après qui en a-t-il ? who has he got it in for? (inf)
       f. ► d'après
    2. <
       a. (temps) ( = ensuite) afterwards ; ( = ensuite dans une série) next ; ( = plus tard) later
    • le film ne dure qu'une demi-heure, qu'allons-nous faire après ? the film only lasts half an hour, what are we going to do afterwards?
    • après, je veux faire un tour de manège next I want to go on the merry-go-round
    • après, c'est ton tour it's your turn next
       b. (lieu) tu vois la poste ? sa maison est juste après do you see the post office? his house is just a bit further on
       c. (ordre) qu'est-ce qui vient après ? what next?
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1.
    1) ( dans le temps) ( ensuite) afterwards; ( plus tard) later

    aussitôt or tout de suite après — straight after that ou afterwards

    et après que s'est-il passé? — and then what happened?, and what happened next?

    peu/bien après — shortly/long after(wards)

    pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après — not next week, the week after next

    tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite — can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right

    la page/le chapitre d'après — the next page/chapter

    les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après — leisure first, work comes after


    2.
    1) ( dans le temps) after

    après coup — after the event, afterwards

    jour après jour — day after day, day in day out

    2) ( dans l'espace) after

    après l'église/la sortie de la ville — after the church/you come out of the town

    après vous! — ( par politesse) after you!

    il est toujours après son fils — (colloq) he's always on at his son

    faire passer quelqu'un/quelque chose après quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something after somebody/something


    3.
    d'après locution prépositive
    1) ( selon)

    d'après lui — according to him ou in his opinion

    d'après mes calculs/ma montre — by my calculations/my watch

    2) ( en imitant) from
    3) ( adapté de) based on

    4.
    après que locution conjonctive after

    ••
    après adverbe se traduit généralement par afterwards et après préposition par after
    Les expressions telles que courir après quelqu'un/quelque chose, crier après quelqu'un etc sont traitées respectivement sous courir, crier etc
    après entre dans la composition de nombreux mots qui s'écrivent avec un trait d'union ( après-demain, après-guerre, après-midi etc). Ces mots sont des entrées à part entière et on les trouvera dans la nomenclature du dictionnaire. Utilisé avec un nom, propre ou commun, pour désigner la période suivant un événement ou la disparition d'une personne il se traduit par post et forme alors un groupe adjectival que l'on fait suivre du nom approprié: l'après-Gorbatchev/l'après-crise/l'après-1789 = the post-Gorbachev period/the post-recession period/the post-1789 period. On notera l'après-8 mai = the period following 8 May; la France de l'après-de Gaulle = post-de Gaulle France
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1. prép

    après son départ — after he had left, after his departure

    Nous viendrons après avoir fait la vaisselle. — We'll come after we've done the dishes.

    C'est après la poste, à gauche. — It's after the post office on the left., It's past the post office on the left.

    après coup — afterwards, after the event

    J'y ai repensé après coup. — I thought about it again afterwards.

    D'après lui, c'est une erreur. — According to him, that's a mistake.

    2. adv
    * * *
    I.
    après ⇒ Note d'usage
    A adv
    1 ( dans le temps) afterwards; viens manger, tu finiras après come and eat your dinner, you can finish afterwards; aussitôt or tout de suite après il s'est mis à pleuvoir straight after that ou afterwards it started raining; après seulement, il a appelé les pompiers only afterwards did he call the fire brigade; j'ai compris longtemps après I understood a long time after ou afterwards; il a mangé au restaurant et (puis) après il est allé au cinéma he ate in a restaurant and afterwards went to the cinema; on verra ça après we'll come to that later; je te le dirai après I'll tell you later; et après que s'est-il passé? and then what happened?, and what happened next?; peu/bien après shortly/long after(wards); une heure/deux jours/quatre ans après one hour/two days/four years later; la semaine/le mois/l'année d'après the week/the month/the year after; pas ce week-end celui d'après not this weekend, the one after; pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après not next week, the week after next; la fois d'après nous nous sommes perdus the next time we got lost; le bus/train d'après the next bus/train; l'instant d'après il avait déjà oublié a moment later he had already forgotten; j'ai regardé le film mais je n'ai pas vu l'émission d'après I watched the film but I didn't see the programmeGB after it;
    2 ( dans l'espace) tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right; peu après il y a un lac a bit further on there's a lake; ‘c'est après le village?’-‘oui juste après’ ‘is it after the village?’-‘yes just after’; la page/le chapitre d'après the next page/chapter;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) après il y a le S puis le T S comes after and then T; les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après leisure first, work comes after;
    4 ( utilisé seul en interrogation) après? and what next?; deux kilos de carottes, après○? two kilos of carrots and what else?;
    5 ( marquant l'agacement) et après? so what○?; oui je suis rentré à 4 h du matin, et après? yes, I came home at 4 am, so what?
    B prép
    1 ( dans le temps) after; sortir/passer après qn to go out/to go after sb; après 22 h/12 jours after 10 pm/12 days ; après mon départ after I left; après quelques années ils se sont revus a few years later they saw each other again; après une croissance spectaculaire after spectacular growth; après tant de passion/violence after so much passion/violence; après déduction/impôt after deductions/tax; après cela after that; après tout after all; après tout c'est leur problème after all it's their problem; après quoi after which; jour après jour day after day, day in day out; livre après livre book after book; après tout ce qu'il a fait pour toi after all (that) he's done for you; j'irai après avoir fait la sieste I'll go after I've had a nap; après avoir pris la parole il se rassit after he had spoken he sat down again; il est conseillé de boire beaucoup après avoir couru it is advisable to drink a lot after you have been running; après manger/déjeuner/dîner/souper after eating ou meals/lunch/dinner/supper; peu après minuit shortly after midnight;
    2 ( dans l'espace) after; après l'église/la sortie de la ville after the church/you come out of the town; bien/juste après l'usine well/just after the factory; je suis après toi sur la liste I'm after you on the list; après vous! ( par politesse) after you!; être après qn○ to be getting at sb○; il est toujours après son fils he's always on at his son○; en avoir après qn○ to have it in for sb○;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) after; la dame vient après le roi the Queen comes after the King; c'est le grade le plus important après celui de général it's the highest rank after that of general; faire passer qn/qch après qn/qch to put sb/sth after sb/sth.
    C d'après loc prép
    1 ( selon) d'après moi/toi/nous/vous in my/your/our/your opinion; d'après lui/elle/eux according to him/her/them ou in his/her/their opinion; d'après les journalistes/le gouvernement according to the journalists/the government; d'après la météo il va faire beau according to the weather forecast it's going to be fine; d'après la loi under the law; d'après mes calculs/mes estimations/ma montre by my calculations/my reckoning/my watch; d'après ce qu'elle a dit/mon expérience from what she said/my experience;
    2 ( en imitant) from; un tableau peint d'après une photo a painting made from a photograph; d'après un dessin de Gauguin from a drawing by Gauguin;
    3 ( adapté de) based on; un film d' après un roman de Simenon a film based on a novel by Simenon.
    D après que loc conj after; après que je leur ai annoncé la nouvelle after I told them the news; après qu'il eut parlé after he had spoken.
    II.
    après nm l'après the future; il n'y aura pas d'après there won't be an afterwards.
    [aprɛ] préposition
    1. [dans le temps] after
    c'était peu après 3 h it was shortly ou soon after 3 o'clock
    tu le contredis en public, et après ça tu t'étonnes qu'il s'énerve! you contradict him publicly (and) then you're surprised to find that he gets annoyed!
    après ça, il ne te reste plus qu'à aller t'excuser the only thing you can do now is apologize
    après quoi, nous verrons then we'll see
    après avoir dîné, ils bavardèrent after dining ou after dinner they chatted
    page après page, le mystère s'épaissit the mystery gets deeper with every page ou by the page
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    (familier) [sur]
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] after
    après vous, je vous en prie after you
    vous êtes après moi [dans une file d'attente] you're after me
    il fait passer ma carrière après la sienne my career comes after his ou takes second place to his, according to him
    4. [indiquant un mouvement de poursuite, l'attachement, l'hostilité]
    b. [me harcèle] he's always nagging (at) ou going on at me
    ils sont après une invitation, c'est évident it's obvious they're angling for ou they're after an invitation
    ————————
    [aprɛ] adverbe
    1. [dans le temps]
    bien après a long ou good while after, much later
    peu après shortly after ou afterwards
    après, tu ne viendras pas te plaindre! don't come moaning to me afterwards!
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] next
    qui est après? [dans une file d'attente] who's next?
    ————————
    après coup locution adverbiale
    ————————
    après que locution conjonctive
    après qu'il eut terminé... after he had finished...
    ————————
    après tout locution adverbiale
    1. [introduisant une justification] after all
    après tout, ça n'a pas beaucoup d'importance after all, it's not particularly important
    2. [emploi expressif] then
    débrouille-toi tout seul, après tout! sort it out yourself then!
    ————————
    d'après locution prépositionnelle
    1. [introduisant un jugement] according to
    alors, d'après vous, qui va gagner? so who do you think is going to win?
    d'après les informations qui nous parviennent from ou according to the news reaching us
    2. [introduisant un modèle, une citation]
    d'après une idée originale de... based on ou from an original idea by...
    ————————
    d'après locution adjectivale
    1. [dans le temps] following, next
    2. [dans l'espace] next

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > après

  • 71 now

    nau
    1. нареч.
    1) сейчас, теперь, в настоящий момент just now Syn: at present
    2) тотчас же, сию же минуту
    3) тогда, в то время( в повествовании) ∙
    2. союз
    1) когда, раз I need not stay, now you are here. ≈ Мне нечего оставаться, раз вы здесь. Now you mention it I do remember. ≈ Теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я припоминаю.
    2) вот (в начале предложения) now it chaced that... ≈ и вот оказалось, что...
    3. сущ. настоящее время;
    данный момент by now ≈ к этому времени ere now ≈ прежде till now, up to now ≈ до сих пор from now onwards ≈ в дальнейшем, впредь as from now ≈ с сего числа, с настоящего времени настоящее (время), данный момент - before * раньше, прежде - I have heard it before * а я уже это слышал - by * уже, к настоящему времени - from *, from * on впредь, в дальнейшем - as from * (официальное) c cего числа, с настоящего времени - till *, up to * до сих пор - (every) * and then время от времени, иногда - read the future in the * читайте будущее в настоящем - he has been ill up till * он до сих пор болен - he will have arrived by * в данный момент он, вероятно, уже там;
    сейчас он, наверное, уже приехал нынешний, (ныне) существующий - the * king ныне царствующий король( разговорное) ультрасовременный;
    сверхмодный - a * tendency тенденция самого последнего времени - the N. Generation современное поколение( о молодежи конца 60-х годов) теперь, сейчас, ныне, в настоящее время - just * сейчас, в настоящий момент - I'm busy just * сейчас я занят;
    только что - even * даже теперь;
    (устаревшее) только что - * or never, * if ever теперь или никогда - the country is * at war ныне страна находится в состоянии войны тотчас же, сию же минуту - we must start * мы должны выступить немедленно - do it *! не откладывайне! в повествовании тогда, в тот момент, в то время - * he tried another plan тогда он попытался осуществить другой план - the war was * practically concluded к тому времени война фактически кончилась - * Caesar marched East после этого Цезарь двинулся на восток - * the trouble began и тут начались неприятности > *... * то... то;
    * wet, * fine то дождь, то ясно > his walk was * quick and again slow он шел то быстро, то медленно > * rising, * falling, who knows the price tomorrow? кто может сказать, какими будут цены завтра, если они то падают, то растут? когда, раз (часто * that) - * you mention it, I do remember теперь, когда вы об этом упомянули, я вспомнил - * that you are well again, you can travel раз вы поправились, вам можно путешествовать - * that I know you, it is different теперь, когда я вас узнал, все изменилось в начале предложения связывает его с предыдущим а, так вот, и вот - * Barabbas was a robber а этот Варавва был разбойник - * it chanced that... и вот оказалось, что... пожалуйста;
    послушайте;
    ну - * don't nag! пожалуйста не пили меня - * then, look out! эй, берегись! - * listen to me! нет, вы послушайте, что я скажу! - no nonsense *! пожалуйста без глупостей! - oh, come *! как же так?, как же вы это?;
    да быть не может! - * what do you mean by that? что вы, собственно, хотите этим сказать? - * what's the matter with you? что это с вами? - * then, what's all this? ну так что случилось? - you don't mean it, * да вы вовсе этого не думайте;
    вы что-то не то говорите - *, *! ну-ну!, не нужно! (дружеский протест или предупрежедение) - *, *! Don't cry! ну-ну, не плачь! - * then, stop it! послушайте, прекратите это! - there is a wise young woman, *! вот это умная девушка! - * you are talking! (сленг) вот это другой разговор!, это другое дело! as from ~ с этого числа from ~ on (или onwards) в дальнейшем, впредь;
    as from now с сего числа, с настоящего времени ~ настоящее время;
    данный момент;
    before now раньше;
    by now к этому времени ere ~ поэт. прежде;
    till now, up to now до сих пор now cj когда, раз;
    I need not stay, now you are here мне нечего оставаться, раз вы здесь;
    now you mention it I do remember теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я припоминаю ~ тогда, в то время (в повествовании) ;
    it was now clear that... тогда стало ясно, что...;
    now and again, now and then время от времени now cj когда, раз;
    I need not stay, now you are here мне нечего оставаться, раз вы здесь;
    now you mention it I do remember теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я припоминаю ~ настоящее время;
    данный момент;
    before now раньше;
    by now к этому времени ~ (then) ! ну! ~ (then) ! скорей!;
    давайте! ~ теперь, сейчас ~ тогда, в то время (в повествовании) ;
    it was now clear that... тогда стало ясно, что...;
    now and again, now and then время от времени ~ тотчас же, сию же минуту NOW: NOW: ~ account, negotiable order of withdrawal account счет с обращающимся приказом об изъятии средств now: now: ~ for then время от времени ~... ~... то... то...;
    now hot, now cold то жарко, то холодно ~... ~... то... то...;
    now hot, now cold то жарко, то холодно ~ тогда, в то время (в повествовании) ;
    it was now clear that... тогда стало ясно, что...;
    now and again, now and then время от времени ~... ~... то... то...;
    now hot, now cold то жарко, то холодно now: ~ for then время от времени ~ for then иногда ~... ~... то... то...;
    now hot, now cold то жарко, то холодно ~ in force действующий в настоящее время ~ adv just ~ в настоящий момент ~ adv just ~ только что ~ then так вот, итак quick: ~ быстро;
    скоро;
    please come quick идите скорей;
    now then, quick! живо! now cj когда, раз;
    I need not stay, now you are here мне нечего оставаться, раз вы здесь;
    now you mention it I do remember теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я припоминаю now cj когда, раз;
    I need not stay, now you are here мне нечего оставаться, раз вы здесь;
    now you mention it I do remember теперь, когда вы упомянули об этом, я припоминаю right ~ прямо сейчас right: ~ here в эту минуту;
    right now в этот момент;
    come right in амер. входите size ~ вчт. текущий размер ere ~ поэт. прежде;
    till now, up to now до сих пор ere ~ поэт. прежде;
    till now, up to now до сих пор

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > now

  • 72 ciego

    adj.
    1 blind, unseeing, eyeless, sightless.
    2 unperceptive, blind, uncomprehending, half-blind.
    3 senseless.
    4 blind, dead-end.
    5 blind, viewless.
    m.
    1 blind man, blind person, blind, sightless person.
    2 blind intestine, caecum, cecum, blindgut.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: cegar.
    * * *
    1 (persona) blind
    2 (conducto) blocked up
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (persona) blind person
    1 ANATOMÍA caecum (US cecum), blind gut
    1 the blind
    \
    a ciegas (sin ver) blindly 2 (sin pensar) without thinking
    estar ciego,-a de ira to be blind with anger
    ponerse ciego,-a familiar (bebiendo) to get blind drunk 2 (de drogas) to get stoned
    quedarse ciego,-a to go blind
    ser ciego,-a de nacimiento to be born blind
    ————————
    1 ANATOMÍA caecum (US cecum), blind gut
    * * *
    1. (f. - ciega)
    noun
    2. (f. - ciega)
    adj.
    * * *
    ciego, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=invidente) blind

    es ciego de nacimiento — he has been blind from o since birth, he was born blind

    • dejar ciego a algn — to blind sb

    • estar ciego — to be blind

    pero ¿estás ciego? ¿no ves que el semáforo está en rojo? — are you blind or what? can't you see the lights are red?

    • quedarse ciego — to go blind

    se quedó ciego después del accidente — he was blinded in the accident, he went blind as a result of the accident

    2) [por ofuscación]
    a) [persona] blind

    • ciego a — blind to

    • ciego de celos — blind with jealousy

    ciego de ira o rabia — blind with rage

    b) [violencia] mindless, senseless; [fanatismo] mindless
    3) (=total) [confianza, fe] unquestioning, blind pey
    4) (=bloqueado) [arco, entrada] blind; [conducto, tubo] blocked
    5) ** (=borracho) blind drunk *, pissed **; [con drogas duras] high *; [con drogas blandas] stoned **

    • ponerse ciego a o de algo — (=borracho) to get pissed on sth **, get trashed on sth (EEUU) **; [con drogas duras] to get high on sth *; [con drogas blandas] to get stoned on sth **; [comiendo] to stuff o.s. with sth *

    6)

    • a ciegas —

    a) (=sin ver)

    andar o caminar a ciegas — to grope one's way

    buscó a ciegas la puerta — he searched blindly for the door, he groped about searching for the door

    • volar a ciegas — to fly blind

    b) (=sin pensar) [actuar, decidir] in the dark; [obedecer] unquestioningly, blindly pey

    creíamos a ciegas todo lo que decía el partido — we unquestioningly o pey blindly believed everything the party said, we believed everything the party said without question

    cita 1), b)
    2.
    SM / F (=invidente) blind man/blind woman

    una organización de ciegos — an organization for the blind, a blind people's organization

    3. SM
    1) Esp
    **

    ¡qué ciego llevaba! — [de alcohol] he was blind drunk * o pissed! **; [de drogas duras] he was high as a kite *; [de drogas blandas] he was stoned out of his mind **

    2) (Anat) caecum, cecum (EEUU)
    3) Caribe (=claro) forest clearing
    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( invidente) blind

    a ciegas: anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor; lo decidió a ciegas he decided without thinking it through; comprar a ciegas to buy something without seeing it first; más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat; ponerse ciego a or de algo — (Esp fam) to stuff oneself with something (colloq)

    2) ( ofuscado) blind
    3) <fe/obediencia> blind
    4) <conducto/cañería> blocked; < arco> blank; < muro> blind
    5) (Esp fam) ( por alcohol) blind drunk (colloq); ( por la droga) stoned (sl)
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    1) ( invidente) (m) blind man; (f) blind woman

    en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey — in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king

    2) ciego masculino (Anat) cecum*
    3) ciego masculino (Esp arg)

    qué ciego llevaba/se cogió! — ( por droga) he was/got stoned out of his mind (sl); ( por alcohol) he was/got totally plastered (colloq)

    * * *
    I
    - ga adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( invidente) blind

    a ciegas: anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor; lo decidió a ciegas he decided without thinking it through; comprar a ciegas to buy something without seeing it first; más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat; ponerse ciego a or de algo — (Esp fam) to stuff oneself with something (colloq)

    2) ( ofuscado) blind
    3) <fe/obediencia> blind
    4) <conducto/cañería> blocked; < arco> blank; < muro> blind
    5) (Esp fam) ( por alcohol) blind drunk (colloq); ( por la droga) stoned (sl)
    II
    - ga masculino, femenino
    1) ( invidente) (m) blind man; (f) blind woman

    en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey — in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king

    2) ciego masculino (Anat) cecum*
    3) ciego masculino (Esp arg)

    qué ciego llevaba/se cogió! — ( por droga) he was/got stoned out of his mind (sl); ( por alcohol) he was/got totally plastered (colloq)

    * * *
    ciego1
    1 = blind, mindless, blind man.

    Ex: It is the order of words that helps us to distinguish between 'office post' and 'post office' or, to quote the hackneyed example, ' blind Venetian' and 'Venetian blind'.

    Ex: This article argues that mindless adulation is no substitute for honest discussions of the bad as well as the good in young adult literature.
    Ex: Volunteering to answer a query that has not yet been asked is like helping a blind man to the other side of the street without first making sure he wants to cross.
    * a ciegas = blindfold, blindfolded, in the dark.
    * amor ciego = blind love.
    * andar a tientas y a ciegas = grope (for/toward).
    * a tientas y a ciegas = blindly, in the dark.
    * a tontas y a ciegas = headlong, runaway.
    * biblioteca para ciegos = library for the blind.
    * ciegos, los = blind, the.
    * cita a ciegas = blind date.
    * comprar a ciegas = buy + a pig in a poke.
    * curva ciega = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * ensayo doble ciego = double-blind research study.
    * fe ciega = blind faith, blind trust.
    * hacerse el ciego = pretend + not to have seen.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * licencia a ciegas = shrink-wrapped licence [shrinkwrapped licence].
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * palos de ciego = a stab in the dark, a shot in the dark.
    * pozo ciego = cesspool, cesspit.
    * punto ciego = blind spot.
    * referencia ciega o vacía = blind reference.
    * volverse ciego = become + blind.

    ciego2
    2 = drunk back, blind drunk.

    Ex: Is it not against the law to release a drunk back into society who may be still under the infuence?.

    Ex: New research published today finds that even having just one stiff drink can make you ' blind drunk'.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

    * * *
    ciego1 -ga
    A
    1 (invidente) blind
    es ciego de nacimiento he was born blind
    se quedó ciego he went blind
    el accidente lo dejó ciego he was blinded in the accident, the accident left him blind
    ¿estás ciego?, ¿no ves que está cerrado? ( fam); are you blind? can't you see that it's closed? ( colloq)
    a ciegas: no tomes decisiones importantes así, a ciegas don't rush blindly into important decisions like that
    no me gusta comprar las cosas a ciegas I don't like buying things without seeing them first
    anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor
    ir ciego (en mus) to have a bad hand
    más ciego que un topo as blind as a bat
    ponerse ciego a or de algo ( Esp fam); to gorge oneself on o ( colloq) stuff oneself with sth
    está ciega a sus defectos she is blind to his faults
    B (ofuscado) blind
    ciego de celos/ira blind with jealousy/fury
    C ‹fe/obediencia› blind
    tiene una confianza ciega en sus hijos she trusts her children blindly, she has blind faith in her children
    D ‹conducto/cañería› blocked; ‹arco› blank; ‹muro› blind calle f A. (↑ calle)
    E ( Esp fam) (por el alcohol) blind drunk ( colloq), plastered ( colloq); (por la droga) stoned (sl)
    ciego2 -ga
    masculine, feminine
    A (invidente) ( masculine) blind man; ( feminine) blind woman
    en tierra de ciegos or en el país or el reino de los ciegos el tuerto es (el) rey in the land of the blind the one-eyed man is king
    B
    ciego masculine ( Anat) cecum*
    C
    ciego masculine ( Esp arg): ¡qué ciego llevaba! (por la droga) he was stoned out of his mind (sl) (por el alcohol) he was totally plastered ( colloq) o (sl) smashed
    * * *

     

    Del verbo cegar: ( conjugate cegar)

    ciego es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cegar    
    ciego
    cegar ( conjugate cegar) verbo transitivo
    1



    2 ‹conducto/cañería› to block
    ciego
    ◊ -ga adjetivo

    1


    se quedó ciego he went blind;
    anduvimos a ciegas por el pasillo we groped our way along the corridor
    b) ( ante una realidad) estar ciego a algo to be blind to sth



    2 ‹fe/obediencia› blind
    3 ‹conducto/cañería› blocked;
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( invidente) (m) blind man;
    (f) blind woman;

    cegar verbo transitivo
    1 to blind
    2 (una puerta, ventana) to wall up
    ciego,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (persona) blind: es ciego de nacimiento, he/she was born blind
    se quedó ciego, he/she went blind
    2 familiar (atiborrado) ponerse ciego (de comida) to stuff oneself
    (de alcohol) to get blind drunk
    (de droga) to get stoned
    II sustantivo masculino argot tener/llevar un ciego impresionante, (borrachera) to be blind drunk
    (de droga) to be stoned
    III sustantivo masculino y femenino
    1 blind person
    los ciegos, the blind pl
    ♦ Locuciones: a ciegas, (sin ver nada) blindly
    (sin información o reflexión) compró el coche a ciegas, she bought the car without having a look at it

    ' ciego' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ciega
    - topo
    - aberración
    - desgracia
    - pozo
    - punto
    - tuerto
    English:
    blind
    - go
    - in
    - strike
    - unquestioning
    - be
    - cesspit
    - dead
    - disable
    - fanatical
    - mindless
    - stuff
    * * *
    ciego, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [invidente] blind;
    Juan es ciego de nacimiento Juan was born blind;
    quedarse ciego to go blind
    2. [ante algo] blind;
    el amor lo ha vuelto ciego love has made him blind
    3. [enloquecido] blinded (de by);
    entonces, ciego de ira, lo mató then, blind with rage, he killed him;
    está ciego por el esquí he's mad about skiing
    4. [pozo, tubería] blocked (up)
    5. [total] [fe, confianza] blind;
    tengo una confianza ciega en él I trust him unconditionally
    6. Esp Fam [borracho] blind drunk, Br pissed;
    muy Fam [drogado] stoned;
    nos pusimos ciegos de cerveza we got blind drunk o Br pissed on beer
    ♦ nm,f
    [invidente] blind person;
    los ciegos the blind
    ♦ nm
    1. Anat caecum
    2. Esp Fam [de droga] trip;
    tener/cogerse un ciego [de alcohol] to be/get blind drunk o plastered o Br pissed;
    llevo un ciego que no me tengo I'm totally plastered, Br I'm pissed out of my mind
    3.
    los ciegos [sorteo de la ONCE] = lottery organized by Spanish association for the blind
    4. RP [en naipes] = player who has no trump cards in their hand
    ♦ a ciegas loc adv
    blindly;
    andar a ciegas to grope one's way;
    no hagas las cosas a ciegas don't act without knowing what you are doing
    * * *
    I adj
    1 blind;
    quedar(se) ciego go blind;
    ciego de ira blind with rage;
    a ciegas blindly
    :
    intestino ciego cecum, Br caecum
    II m
    1 blind man;
    ¡eso lo ve un ciego! even a blind man can see that!
    2 ANAT cecum, Br
    caecum
    * * *
    ciego, -ga adj
    1) invidente: blind
    2)
    a ciegas : blindly
    3)
    quedarse ciego : to go blind
    ♦ ciegamente adv
    ciego, -ga n
    invidente: blind person
    * * *
    ciego1 adj blind
    ciego2 n blind person

    Spanish-English dictionary > ciego

  • 73 किन्नर _kinnara

    किन्नर See under किम्.
    *****
    1 किम् ind. Used for कु only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness', 'deteriora- tion', 'defect', 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g. किंसखा a bad friend; किन्नरः a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below.
    -Comp. -ज a. born somewhere (not in a noble family) मन्ये किंजमहं घ्नन्तं त्वामक्षत्रियजे रणे Bk.6.133.
    -दासः a bad slave, or servant.
    -नरः a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (अश्वमुख); चयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; उद्गास्य- तामिच्छति किन्नराणां तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः
    1 an epithet of Kubera.
    -2 a kind of musical instrument. (
    -री f.)
    1 a female Kinnara; Me.58.
    -2 a kind of lute.
    -पुरुषः 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku.1.14; किंपुरुषाणां हनुमान् Bhāg.11.16.29. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera.
    -प्रभुः a bad master or king; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5.
    -राजन् a. having a bad king. (-m.) a bad king.
    -विवक्षा Slandering; Rām.5.
    -सखि m. (nom. sing. किंसखा) a bad friend; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5.
    *****2
    किम् pron. a. (nom. sing. कः m., का f., किम् n.)
    1 Who, what, which used interrogatively); प्रजासु कः केन पथा प्रयातीत्यशेषतो वेदितुमस्ति शक्तिः Ś.6.26; करुणाविमुखेन मृत्युना हरता त्वां वद किं न मे हृतम् R.8.67; का खल्वनेन प्रार्थ्यमानात्मना विकत्थते V.2; कः को$त्र भोः. कः कौ के कं कौ कान् हसति च हसतो हसन्ति हरणाक्ष्यः Udb. The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. के आवां परित्रातुं दुष्यन्तमाक्रन्द Ś.1; 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; नृपसद्मनि नाम के वयम् Bh.3.27; who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes किम् means 'long' as applied to time especially in combi- nation with खलु or अपि or इव; का खलु वेला पत्रभवत्याः प्राप्तायाः Ve.1; 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c.; so को$पि कालस्तस्या आगत्य गतायाः Ratn 3; or क इव कालः Māl.3.
    -2 The neuter (किम्) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of'; किं स्वामिचेष्टानिरूपणेन H.1; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् &c. Bh.2.55; किं तया दृष्ट्या Ś.3; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7. अपि, चित्, चन, चिदपि or स्वित् are often added to किम् to give it an indefinite sense; विवेश कश्चिज्जटिलस्तपोवनम् Ku.5.3. a certain ascetic; दमघोषसुतेन कश्चन प्रतिशिष्टः प्रतिभानवानथ Śi.16.1; कश्चित्कान्ताविरहगुरुणा स्वाधिकारात्प्रमत्तः Me.1. &c.; का$पि तत एवागतवती Māl.1; a certain lady; कस्या$पि को$पिति निवेदितं च 1.33; किमपि, किमपि... जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; कस्मिंश्चिदपि महाभागधेयजन्मनि मन्मथ- विकारमुपलक्षितवानस्मि Māl.1; किमपि, किंचित् 'a little', वस्तु- सिद्धिर्विचारेण न किंचित् कर्मकोटिभिः Vivekachūdamaṇi; 'some- what' Y.2.116; U.6.35. किमपि also means 'indeseribable'; see अपि. इव is sometimes added to किम् in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; किमिच हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; see इव also. -ind.
    1 A particle of interroga- tion; जातिमात्रेण किं कश्चिद्धन्यते पूज्यते क्वचित् H.1.55 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; ततः किम् what then.
    -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; किमकारणमेव दर्शनं बिलपन्त्यै रतये न दीयते Ku.4.7.
    -3 Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being किं, उत, उताहो, आहोस्वित्, वा, किंवा, अथवा; see these words).
    -Comp. -अपि ind.
    1 to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent.
    -2 inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.).
    -3 very much, by far; किमपि कमनीयं वपुरिदम् Ś.3; किमपि भीषणम्, किमपि करालम् &c.
    -अर्थ a. having what motive or aim; किमर्थोयं यत्नः.
    -अर्थम् ind. why, wherefore.
    -आख्य a. having what name; किमाख्यस्य राजर्षेः सा पत्नी. Ś.7.
    -इति ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44.
    -उ, -उत 1 whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); किमु विष- विसर्पः किमु मदः U.1.35; Amaru.12.
    -2 why (indeed) कं च ते परमं कामं करोमि किमु हर्षितः Rām.1.18.52. प्रियसुहृ- त्सार्थः किमु त्यज्यते.
    -3 how much more, how much less; यौवनं धनसंपत्तिः प्रभुत्वमविवेकिता । एकैकम यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् ॥.II Pr.11; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.13; R.14.35; Ku.7.65.
    -कथिका f. A doubt or hesita- tion; यत्र कर्मणि क्रियमाणे किंकथिका न भवति तत्कर्तव्यम् । यत्र तु हृदयं न तुष्यति तद्वर्जनीयम् ॥ Medhātithi's gloss on Ms.4.161.
    -करः a servant, slave; अवेहि मां किंकरमष्टमूर्तेः R.2.35. (
    -रा) a female servant. (
    -री) the wife of a servant.
    -कर्तव्यता, -कार्यता any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; यथा किंकार्यतामूढा वयस्यास्तस्य जज्ञिरे Ks.1.11. किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'.
    -कारण a. having what reason or cause,
    -किल ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction न संभावयामि न मर्षयामि तत्रभवान् किंकिल वृषलं याजयिष्यति Kāshika on P.III.3.146.
    -कृते ind. what for ? कामस्य किंकृते पुष्पकार्मुकारोपणग्रहः Ks.71.79.
    -क्षण a. one who says 'what is a moment', a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H.2.89.
    -गोत्र a. belonging to what family; किंगोत्रो नु सोम्यासि Ch. Up.4.4.4.
    -च ind. moreover, and again, further.
    -चन ind. to a certain degree, a little;
    -चित् ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; किंचिदुत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33, 2.46,12.21. ˚ज्ञ a. 'knowing little', a smatterer. ˚कर a. doing something useful. ˚कालः sometime, a little time. ˚प्राण a. having a little life. ˚मात्र a. only a little.
    -छन्दस् a. conversant with which Veda.
    -स्तनुः a species of spider.
    -तर्हि ind. how then, but, however.
    -तु ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; अवैमि चैनामनघेति किंतु लोकापवादो बलवान्मतो मे R.14.43,1.65.
    -तुघ्नः one of the eleven periods called Karaṇa.
    -दवः an inferior god, demi-god; किंदेवाः किन्नराः नागाः किम्पुरुषादयः Bhāg.11.14.6.
    -देवत a. having what deity.
    -नामधेय, -नामन् a. having what name.
    -निमित्त a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose.
    -निमित्तम् ind. why, wherefore,
    -नु ind.
    1 whether; किं नु मे मरणं श्रेयो परित्यागो जनस्य वा Nala.1.1.
    -2 much more, much less; अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतोः किं नु महीकृते Bg.1.35.
    -3 what indeed; किं नु मे राज्येनार्थः
    -4 but, however; किं नु चित्तं मनुष्याणामनित्यमिति मे मतम् Rām.2.4.27.
    -नु खलु ind.
    1 how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; किं नु खलु गीतार्थमाकर्ण्य इष्टजनविरहा- दृते$पि बलवदुत्कण्ठितो$स्मि Ś.5.
    -2 may it be that; किं नु खलु यथा वयमस्यामेवमियमप्यस्मान् प्रति स्यात् Ś.1.
    -पच, -पचान a. miserly, niggardly.
    -पराक्रम a. of what power or energy.
    -पाक a. not mature, ignorant, stupid.
    -कः a. medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. कुचला); न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान्किंपाकमिव भक्षयन् Rām.2.66.6.
    -पुनर् ind. how much more, how much less; स्वयं रोपितेषु तरुषूत्पद्यते स्नेहः किं पुनरङ्गसंभवेष्वपत्येषु K.291; Me.3.17; Ve.3.
    -पुरुषः an inferior man, Bhāg.11.14.6.
    -प्रकारम् ind. in what manner.
    -प्रभाव a. possessing what power.
    -भूत a. of what sort of nature.
    -रूप a. of what form or shape.
    -वदन्ति, -न्ती f. rumour, report; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः (पप्रच्छ) R.14.31. मत्संबन्धात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती U.1.42; U.1.4.
    -वराटकः an extravagant man.
    -वा ind.
    1 a particle of interroga- tion; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7.
    -2 or (corr. of किं 'whether'); राजपुत्रि सुप्ता किं वा जागर्षि Pt.1; तत्किं मारयामि किं वा विषं प्रयच्छामि किं वा पशुधर्मेण व्यापादयामि ibid.; Ś. Til.7.
    -विद a. knowing what.
    -व्यापार a. following what occupation.
    -शील a. of what habits,
    -स्वित् ind. whether, how; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > किन्नर _kinnara

  • 74 καί

    καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.
    ① marker of connections, and
    ⓐ single words
    α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).
    β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.
    γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.
    δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).
    ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.
    ⓑ clauses and sentences
    α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).
    β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.
    γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.
    δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.
    ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.
    ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).
    η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.
    θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).
    ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.
    ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.
    ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.
    ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.
    ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.
    ② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.
    ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).
    ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.
    ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).
    ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.
    ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.
    ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.
    ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.
    α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.
    β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).
    ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.
    ⓘ with other particles
    α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.
    β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.
    γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).
    δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί

  • 75 Einst

    I Adv. geh.
    1. (vormals) once; ... einst und jetzt... past and present,... then and now; das England von einst the England of days past ( oder of yore), England as it once was; es lebte einst ein König, der... once upon a time there was a king who...
    2. (künftig) one day, some day; einst kommt der Tag, da... the day will come when...
    II Einst n; -, kein Pl. (distant) past
    * * *
    formerly; once
    * * *
    [ainst]
    adv
    1) (= früher, damals) once

    Preußen éínst und heute — Prussia past and present or yesterday and today or then and now

    2) (geh = in ferner Zukunft) one or some day
    * * *
    (at a time in the past: I once wanted to be a dancer.) once
    * * *
    [ˈainst]
    1. (früher) once
    2. (geh: in Zukunft) one [or some] day
    * * *
    Adverb (geh.)
    1) (früher) once
    2) (dereinst) some or one day
    * * *
    A. adv geh
    1. (vormals) once;
    … einst und jetzt … past and present, … then and now;
    das England von einst the England of days past ( oder of yore), England as it once was;
    es lebte einst ein König, der … once upon a time there was a king who …
    2. (künftig) one day, some day;
    einst kommt der Tag, da … the day will come when …
    B. Einst n; -, kein pl (distant) past
    * * *
    Adverb (geh.)
    1) (früher) once
    2) (dereinst) some or one day

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Einst

  • 76 einst

    I Adv. geh.
    1. (vormals) once; ... einst und jetzt... past and present,... then and now; das England von einst the England of days past ( oder of yore), England as it once was; es lebte einst ein König, der... once upon a time there was a king who...
    2. (künftig) one day, some day; einst kommt der Tag, da... the day will come when...
    II Einst n; -, kein Pl. (distant) past
    * * *
    formerly; once
    * * *
    [ainst]
    adv
    1) (= früher, damals) once

    Preußen éínst und heute — Prussia past and present or yesterday and today or then and now

    2) (geh = in ferner Zukunft) one or some day
    * * *
    (at a time in the past: I once wanted to be a dancer.) once
    * * *
    [ˈainst]
    1. (früher) once
    2. (geh: in Zukunft) one [or some] day
    * * *
    Adverb (geh.)
    1) (früher) once
    2) (dereinst) some or one day
    * * *
    A. adv geh
    1. (vormals) once;
    … einst und jetzt … past and present, … then and now;
    das England von einst the England of days past ( oder of yore), England as it once was;
    es lebte einst ein König, der … once upon a time there was a king who …
    2. (künftig) one day, some day;
    einst kommt der Tag, da … the day will come when …
    B. Einst n; -, kein pl (distant) past
    * * *
    Adverb (geh.)
    1) (früher) once
    2) (dereinst) some or one day

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > einst

  • 77 ÞÁ

    I)
    adv.
    1) then, at that time (var hón þá fjórtán vetra gömul); þá er, þá es, when (Y. var með þorvaldi, þá er Einarr var veginn); þá ok þá, at every moment (létu sem þeir mundi fara norðir þá ok þá);
    2) then, there-upon (et næsta Gunnari sat Njáll, þá Skarphéðinn, þá Helgi, þá Grimr);
    3) then, in that case (þykki mér þá vel sýslat, ef þú heyrir orð Svíakonungs);
    4) pleonastic, beginning the apodosis, then (ok er Illugi bjóst, þá sat Gunnlaugr í stofu); en af því at…, þá, þá hann miskunn af konunginum, but because…, then he received mercy from the king;
    5) when, = þá er (ferr nú til Arna, þá konungr er þar at veizlu).
    f. thawed ground (þeir reka spor sem hundar bæði á þá ok hjarni).
    from þiggja.
    * * *
    adv. [Goth. þan and þanuh; A. S. þon, þanne; Engl. then; Germ. dann and denn; Dan. da; from the Germ. dan is formed the mod. Dan. so-dan, lige-dan,—Germ. so-dann, als-dann; and hence again the mod. Dan. verb danne = to form, see Grimm’s Dict. ii. 740]:—then, at that time; var hón þá fjórtán vetra gömul, Nj. 50: þá sá ek, then I saw, Sks. 1; þá sæmi, 11.
    2. with er, es, when; þá er hann hafði lýst, Nj. 87; þá er Jesus nálgaðist Jerusalem, Greg. 39; þá es hann lá á nástránum, 56; jafnan, þá er, Nj. 6: or ‘er’ is dropped, eitt sinn þá Sigurðr konungr fór fyrir land fram, Fms. vii. 165; þá hón vildi selja, Dipl. v. 21.
    II. then, thereupon, = Lat. deinde; innar frá sat Þráinn, þá Ölfr örgoði, þá Valgarðr, þá Mörðr, þá Sigfússynir, þá Grímr, þá Höskuldr, þá Hafr, þá Ingjaldr, of a row or rank of seats, Nj. 50; þá um víg Auðúlfs, þá um víg Skamkels, þá lýsti hann vígsök, … þá lét hann bera lýsingar-vætti, þá …, 87; þá skal grafa leysingja, því næst …, N. G. L. i. 345, and passim
    2. in phrases like, þá ræddi Höskuldr við Rút, Nj. 2; þá reiddisk Höskuldr, id.; Þorsteinn sýndi þá konungi hrossin, Fms. vi. 384; þá svarar Hákon gamli, x. 221, and passim.
    III. as the conclusion or apodosis of a sentence, then, so, accordingly, cp. Grág. ii. 362; með því at …, þá vóru Kálfi grið gefin, Fms. vi. 19; en af því at …, þá ( then) þá ( received) hann miskunn af konunginum, x. 391; en ef umboðsmaðr dylr …, þá, Gþl. 375 (cp. ok A. II): following a sentence beginning with if, in case …, then, ef þeir menn …, þá eru þeir, Grág. i. 99; en ef nokkurir girnask … þá. er eigi nauðsyn, Sks. 10; … þá rannsaki, þá dæmi, þá auki, etc., 11; villu-dýr þau er fæðask á fjöllum …, þá kunnu þau vel at skipta, 13 new Ed.; öll önnur kvikendi …, þá fagna þessum tíma, id.; þeir menn er sekir eru …, þá eru þeir, Grág. i. 99.
    IV. þá ok þá, ‘then and then’ at every moment; at þeir myndi fara norðr þá ok þá um vetrinn, Fms. vii. 268; nú ok þá, now and then, i. e. for ever; verðr lofaðr nú ok þá sá er manninn styrkir, 677. 7.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞÁ

  • 78 दण्डः _daṇḍḥ _ण्डम् _ṇḍam

    दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्]
    1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः.
    -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8.
    -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48.
    -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic.
    -5 The trunk of an elephant.
    -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c.
    -7 The oar of a boat.
    -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.)
    -9 The staff or pole of a ban- ner, a tent &c.
    -1 The beam of a plough.
    -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument.
    -12 The stick with which an instrument is played.
    -13 A churning-stick.
    -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237.
    -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4
    -16 Imprisonment.
    -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expe- dients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54.
    -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15.
    -19 A form of mili- tary array; Mb.12.59.4.
    -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9.
    -22 The penis.
    -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25.
    -24 The body.
    -25 An epithet of Yama.
    -26 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -27 N. of Śiva.
    -28 An attendant on the sun.
    -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses).
    -3 A particular appear- ance in the sky (similar to a stick).
    -31 An uninter- rupted row or series, a line.
    -32 Standing upright or erect.
    -33 A corner, an angle.
    -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5.
    -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8.
    -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion).
    -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit.
    -अधिपः a chief magistrate.
    -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2.
    -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw.
    -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय.
    -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment.
    -अलसिका cholera.
    -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39.
    -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23.
    -आज्ञा judicial sentence.
    -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim.
    -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic.
    -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46.
    -आहतम् buttermilk.
    -उद्यमः 1 threatening.
    -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376.
    -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275.
    -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod.
    -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4.
    -काकः a raven.
    -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2.
    -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an asce- tic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant.
    -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386.
    -चक्रः a division of an army.
    -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept.
    -ढक्का a kind of drum.
    -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415.
    -देवकुलम् a court of justice.
    -धर, -धार a.
    1 carrying a staff, staff- bearer.
    -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11.
    -3 exercising judicial authority.
    (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4.
    -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता......दण्डधरश्च कालः
    -3 a judge, supreme magistrate.
    -4 a mendicant carrying a staff.
    -5 a potter.
    -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2.
    -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin).
    -2 following the order of a mendicant.
    -3 infliction of punishment.
    -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate.
    -2 the leader of an army, a general.
    -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable.
    -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12.
    -निपातनम् punishing, chastising.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 administration of justice, judicature.
    -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of poli- tics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1.
    -3 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नेतृ m.
    1 a king.
    -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1.
    -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45.
    -पः a king.
    -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper.
    -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7.
    -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares.
    -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23.
    -पातः 1 falling of a stick.
    -2 infliction of punishment.
    -3 dropping one line in a manuscript.
    -पातनम् inflic- tion of punishment, chastisement.
    -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence.
    -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278.
    -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate.
    -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12.
    -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B.
    -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21.
    -2 a hangman, an executioner.
    -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle.
    -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार.
    -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground.
    -बालधिः an elephant.
    -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a potter.
    -2 an epithet of Yama.
    -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer
    -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18.
    -3 a chief or leader.
    -माथः a principal road, highway.
    -मुखः a leader, general of an army.
    -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal).
    -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region).
    -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama.
    -2 of Agastya.
    -3 a day.
    -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51.
    -वधः capital punishment.
    -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्.
    -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.).
    -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment.
    -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder.
    -वासिन् m.
    1 a door-keeper.
    -2 a magistrate.
    -वाहिन् m. a police-officer.
    -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228.
    -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः
    -2 criminal law.
    -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened.
    -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187.
    -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law.
    -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter.
    -2 an epithet of Yama.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > दण्डः _daṇḍḥ _ण्डम् _ṇḍam

  • 79 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 80 Morland, Sir Samuel

    [br]
    b. 1625 Sulhampton, near Reading, Berkshire, England
    d. 26 December 1695 Hammersmith, near London, England
    [br]
    English mathematician and inventor.
    [br]
    Morland was one of several sons of the Revd Thomas Morland and was probably initially educated by his father. He went to Winchester School from 1639 to 1644 and then to Magdalene College, Cambridge, where he graduated BA in 1648 and MA in 1652. He was appointed a tutor there in 1650. In 1653 he went to Sweden in the ambassadorial staff of Bulstrode Whitelocke and remained there until 1654. In that year he was appointed Clerk to Mr Secretary Thurloe, and in 1655 he was accredited by Oliver Cromwell to the Duke of Savoy to appeal for the Waldenses. In 1657 he married Susanne de Milleville of Boissy, France, with whom he had three children. In 1660 he went over to the Royalists, meeting King Charles at Breda, Holland. On 20 May, the King knighted him, creating him baron, for revealing a conspiracy against the king's life. He was also granted a pension of£500 per year. In 1661, at the age of 36, he decided to devote himself to mathematics and invention. He devised a mechanical calculator, probably based on the pattern of Blaise Pascal, for adding and subtracting: this was followed in 1666 by one for multiplying and other functions. A Perpetual Calendar or Almanack followed; he toyed with the idea of a "gunpowder engine" for raising water; he developed a range of speaking trum-pets, said to have a range of 1/2 to 1 mile (0.8–1.6 km) or more; also iron stoves for use on board ships, and improvements to barometers.
    By 1675 he had started selling a range of pumps for private houses, for mines or deep wells, for ships, for emptying ponds or draining low ground as well as to quench fire or wet the sails of ships. The pumps cost from £5 to £63, and the great novelty was that he used, instead of packing around the cylinder sealing against the bore of the cylinder, a neck-gland or seal around the outside diameter of the piston or piston-rod. This revolutionary step avoided the necessity of accurately boring the cylinder, replacing it with the need to machine accurately the outside diameter of the piston or rod, a much easier operation. Twenty-seven variations of size and materials were included in his schedule of'Pumps or Water Engines of Isaac Thompson of Great Russel Street', the maker of Morland's design. In 1681 the King made him "Magister mechanicorum", or Master of Machines. In that year he sailed for France to advise Louis XIV on the waterworks being built at Marly to supply the Palace of Versailles. About this time he had shown King Charles plans for a pumping engine "worked by fire alone". He petitioned for a patent for this, but did not pursue the matter.
    In 1692 he went blind. In all, he married five times. While working for Cromwell he became an expert in ciphers, in opening sealed letters and in their rapid copying.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Knighted 1660.
    Bibliography
    Further Reading
    H.W.Dickinson, 1970, Sir Samuel Morland: Diplomat and Inventor, Cambridge: Newcomen Society/Heffers.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Morland, Sir Samuel

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Pig King — is an Italian literary fairy tale written by Giovanni Francesco Straparola in his The Facetious Nights of Straparola . [ Giovanni Francesco Straparola, The Facetious Nights of Straparola , [http://www.surlalunefairytales.com/facetiousnights/night2… …   Wikipedia

  • The Briar King — is first novel of four in the series The Kingdoms of Thorn and Bone, by writer Greg Keyes.Plot summaryThe first book in the Kingdoms of Thorn and Bone series. It starts with the defeat of a race of demons called Skasloi at the hands of the Born… …   Wikipedia

  • The Tower King — was a comic series published in the British comic book Eagle , from issue 1 (dated March 27 1982) to issue 24 (dated September 4 1982). It was written by Alan Hebden and drawn by José Ortiz.PlotThe story was set in a post apocalyptic modern day… …   Wikipedia

  • The Lion King — This article is about Disney s 1994 film. For the franchise, see The Lion King (franchise). For the ferry, see MS Kongshavn. The Lion King …   Wikipedia

  • The Mad King — infobox Book | name = The Mad King orig title = translator = image caption = Dust jacket from the first edition of The Mad King author = Edgar Rice Burroughs cover artist = country = United States language = English series = genre = Ruritanian… …   Wikipedia

  • The Scorpion King — This article is about the film. For the factual pre dynastic Egyptian pharaoh Scorpion II , see King Scorpion. The Scorpion King 1 redirects here. For the factual pre dynastic Egyptian pharaoh Scorpion I , see Scorpion I. For other uses, see… …   Wikipedia

  • The High King — infobox Book | name = The High King title orig = translator = image caption = Dust jacket from the 1st edition author = Lloyd Alexander cover artist = Evaline Ness country = United States language = English series = The Chronicles of Prydain… …   Wikipedia

  • The Vagabond King — This article is about the operetta, for the films see: The Vagabond King (1930 film) and The Vagabond King (1956 film) Infobox Musical name= The Vagabond King subtitle= caption= music= Rudolf Friml lyrics= Brian Hooker W.H. Post book= Brian… …   Wikipedia

  • The Frost King — Infobox Short story name = The Frost King title orig = Autumn Leavescite web |last=Sullivan |first=Anne |authorlink=Anne Sullivan |title=Mis Sullivan s Account of the Frost King |work=The Story of My Life… …   Wikipedia

  • The Woman King — Infobox Television episode Title = The Woman King Caption = Mrs. King Series = Battlestar Galactica Season = 3 Episode = 14 Airdate = February 11, 2007 Production = 314 Writer = Michael Angeli Director = Michael Rymer Guests = Bruce Davison… …   Wikipedia

  • The Grey King — Infobox Book | name = The Grey King title orig = translator = image caption = author = Susan Cooper illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = The Dark Is Rising Sequence genre = Children s, Fantasy novel… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»